Ford Tourneo Custom, Transit Custom van Owner's Manual

FORD TOURNEO CUSTOM /
TRANSIT CUSTOM Owner's Manual
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2015
All rights reserved.
Part Number: CG3577en 01/2015 20150204085600
Table of Contents
Manual Liftgate...............................................34
Introduction
About This Manual...........................................5
Symbols Glossary.............................................5
Data Recording..................................................7
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................8
Special Notices.................................................8
Mobile Communications
Equipment......................................................8
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................36
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................36
Steering Wheel
At a Glance........................................................10
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................37
Audio Control...................................................37
Voice Control...................................................38
Cruise Control..................................................38
Information Display Control.......................39
Child Safety
Wipers and Washers
At a Glance
Installing Child Seats.....................................16
Child Seat Positioning..................................20
Child Safety Locks..........................................23
Windshield Wipers........................................40
Autowipers.......................................................40
Windshield Washers......................................41
Rear Window Wiper and Washers............41
Safety Belts
Fastening the Safety Belts..........................24
Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................25
Safety Belt Minder.........................................25
Lighting
General Information......................................43
Lighting Control..............................................43
Autolamps........................................................44
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................45
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................45
Daytime Running Lamps.............................45
Automatic High Beam Control..................45
Front Fog Lamps............................................47
Rear Fog Lamps..............................................47
Headlamp Leveling.......................................48
Cornering Lamps............................................48
Direction Indicators.......................................49
Interior Lamps.................................................49
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation...................................27
Driver Airbag.....................................................27
Passenger Airbag............................................27
Side Airbags.....................................................29
Side Curtain Airbags.....................................29
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies.................................................30
Remote Control..............................................30
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control...........................................................30
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows...............................................51
Exterior Mirrors................................................52
Interior Mirror....................................................52
Sun Shades......................................................53
Locks
Locking and Unlocking..................................31
1
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Table of Contents
Bottle Holder...................................................93
Glasses Holder................................................94
Under Seat Storage......................................94
Instrument Cluster
Gauges...............................................................54
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................55
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............58
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
Information Displays
General Information.....................................96
Ignition Switch................................................96
Steering Wheel Lock....................................96
Starting a Diesel Engine...............................97
Diesel Particulate Filter................................97
Switching Off the Engine............................98
Engine Block Heater.....................................98
General Information......................................59
Clock...................................................................66
Trip Computer.................................................66
Personalized Settings..................................66
Information Messages.................................66
Climate Control
Principle of Operation...................................72
Air Vents.............................................................72
Manual Climate Control...............................73
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate...........................................................74
Rear Passenger Climate Controls............76
Heated Windows and Mirrors....................76
Auxiliary Heater...............................................77
Unique Driving Characteristics
Auto-Start-Stop...........................................100
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions......................................102
Fuel Quality....................................................103
Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................103
Running Out of Fuel....................................103
Catalytic Converter......................................104
Refueling.........................................................105
Fuel Consumption.......................................106
Technical Specifications...........................108
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position....................81
Head Restraints...............................................81
Manual Seats...................................................82
Power Seats.....................................................83
Rear Seats........................................................85
Heated Seats...................................................90
Transmission
Auxiliary Power Points
Manual Transmission.................................109
Hill Start Assist.............................................109
Auxiliary Power Points..................................91
Cigar Lighter.....................................................92
Brakes
Storage Compartments
General Information.....................................110
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes............................................................110
Parking Brake...................................................111
Cup Holders......................................................93
Overhead Console.........................................93
Ashtray...............................................................93
Folding Tray......................................................93
Traction Control
Principle of Operation..................................112
2
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Table of Contents
Using Traction Control.................................112
Stability Control
Cold Weather Precautions........................136
Driving Through Water................................136
Floor Mats.......................................................136
Principle of Operation..................................113
Using Stability Control.................................113
Roadside Emergencies
Principle of Operation..................................114
Parking Aid.......................................................114
Rear View Camera........................................116
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................138
First Aid Kit......................................................138
Warning Triangle...........................................138
Fuel Shutoff....................................................138
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................138
Cruise Control
Fuses
Principle of Operation..................................119
Using Cruise Control.....................................119
Fuse Box Locations.......................................141
Fuse Specification Chart...........................142
Changing a Fuse............................................152
Parking Aids
Driving Aids
Maintenance
Speed Limiter..................................................121
Driver Alert.......................................................122
Lane Keeping System.................................124
Eco Mode.........................................................125
Towing a Trailer..............................................132
Trailer Sway Control.....................................132
Towing Points.................................................133
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......134
General Information....................................153
Opening and Closing the Hood...............153
Under Hood Overview................................154
Engine Oil Dipstick.......................................155
Engine Oil Check...........................................155
Engine Coolant Check................................156
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check..................157
Power Steering Fluid Check......................157
Washer Fluid Check.....................................158
Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap........158
Changing the 12V Battery..........................158
Checking the Wiper Blades......................160
Changing the Wiper Blades.......................161
Removing a Headlamp...............................162
Changing a Bulb............................................162
Bulb Specification Chart...........................168
Technical Specifications...........................169
Driving Hints
Vehicle Care
Load Carrying
General Information.....................................127
Rear Loadspace Hatches...........................127
Roof Racks and Load Carriers..................127
Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Vehicles
With: Integrated Roof Rack..................128
Load Retaining Fixtures..............................129
Towing
Breaking-In......................................................135
Reduced Engine Performance.................135
Economical Driving......................................135
Cleaning the Exterior.....................................171
Cleaning the Interior......................................171
Repairing Minor Paint Damage................172
3
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Table of Contents
Cleaning the Alloy Wheels.........................172
SYNC™ Troubleshooting..........................253
Wheels and Tires
Navigation
General Information.....................................173
Temporary Mobility Kit................................173
Tire Care...........................................................176
Using Snow Chains.......................................177
Tire Pressure Monitoring System............177
Changing a Road Wheel.............................181
Technical Specifications............................187
Navigation......................................................263
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility...............272
End User License Agreement..................273
Capacities and Specifications
Vehicle Identification Plate......................189
Vehicle Identification Number................190
Technical Specifications...........................190
Audio System
General Information....................................194
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/
CD...................................................................195
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB) Radio/
SYNC...........................................................200
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Digital Audio
Broadcast (DAB) Radio/Navigation
System/SYNC..........................................205
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Digital Audio
Broadcast (DAB) Radio..........................211
Digital Radio..................................................220
Audio Input Jack............................................221
USB Port..........................................................222
Audio Troubleshooting...............................222
SYNC™
General Information....................................223
Using Voice Recognition...........................224
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............227
SYNC™ Applications and Services......238
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player...........................................................245
4
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Introduction
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
it, the greater the safety and pleasure you
will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
A
Right-hand side.
B
Left-hand side.
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
Safety alert
Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to the
vehicle you have purchased.
See Owner's Manual
Air conditioning system
Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may show features as used in
different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle.
Anti-lock braking system
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Battery
Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
vehicle.
Battery acid
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
Brake fluid - non petroleum
based
5
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Introduction
Brake system
Front airbag
Cabin air filter
Front fog lamps
Check fuel cap
Fuel pump reset
Child safety door lock or unlock
Fuse compartment
Child seat lower anchor
Hazard warning flashers
Child seat tether anchor
Heated rear window
Cruise control
Heated windshield
Do not open when hot
Interior luggage compartment
release
Engine air filter
Jack
Engine coolant
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Engine coolant temperature
Low tire pressure warning
Engine oil
Maintain correct fluid level
Explosive gas
Note operating instructions
Fan warning
Panic alarm
Fasten safety belt
6
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Introduction
Parking aid
In general, this technical information
documents the condition of parts,
modules, systems or the environment:
• Operating conditions of system
components (e.g. filling levels).
• Status messages of the vehicle and its
individual components (e.g. number of
wheel revolutions/rotational speed,
deceleration, lateral acceleration).
• Malfunction and defects in important
system components (e.g. lighting and
brake system).
• Vehicle reactions in particular driving
situations (e.g. inflation of an airbag,
activation of the stability regulation
system).
• Environmental conditions (e.g.
temperature).
Parking brake
Power steering fluid
Power windows front/rear
Power window lockout
Service engine soon
Side airbag
These data are exclusively technical and
help identification and correction of errors
as well as optimisation of vehicle
functions. Motion profiles indicating
travelled routes cannot be created with
these data.
Shield the eyes
Stability control
If services are used (e.g. repair works,
service processes, warranty cases, quality
assurance), employees of the service
network (including manufacturers) are
able to read out this technical information
from the event and error data storage
modules using special diagnostic devices.
If required, you will receive further
information. After an error has been
corrected, these data are deleted from the
error storage module or they are constantly
overwritten.
Windshield wash and wipe
DATA RECORDING
A large number of electronic components
of your vehicle contain data storage
modules temporarily or permanently
storing technical data about the condition
of the vehicle, events and errors.
When using the vehicle, situations may
occur in which these technical data related
to other information (accident report,
damages on the vehicle, witness
statements etc.) may be associated with
a specific person - possibly, with the
assistance of an expert.
7
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Introduction
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Additional functions contractually agreed
upon with the client (e.g. vehicle location
in emergency cases) allow the
transmission of particular vehicle data
from the vehicle.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. Damage
caused to your vehicle as a result of the
failure of non-Ford parts may not be
covered by the Ford Warranty. For
additional information, refer to the terms
and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
Your vehicle has been built to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
SPECIAL NOTICES
If converting or modifying your vehicle from
production specification, refer to the Body
and Equipment Mounting Manual at
www.etis.ford.com/fordservice.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine
Ford replacement collision parts meet our
stringent requirements for fit, finish,
structural integrity, corrosion protection
and dent resistance. During vehicle
development we validate these parts
deliver the intended level of protection as
a whole system. A great way to know for
sure you are getting this level of protection
is to use genuine Ford replacement
collision parts.
8
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Introduction
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
9
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
At a Glance
Front Exterior Overview
A
See Maintenance (page 153).
B
See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 161).
C
See Driving Aids (page 121). See Automatic High Beam Control (page 45).
D
See Locking and Unlocking (page 31).
E
See Changing a Road Wheel (page 181).
F
Tire pressures. See Technical Specifications (page 187).
G
See Changing a Bulb (page 162).
H
See Towing Points (page 133).
10
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
At a Glance
Vehicle Interior Overview
A
See Transmission (page 109).
B
See Locking and Unlocking (page 31).
C
See Power Windows (page 51).
D
See Fastening the Safety Belts (page 24).
E
See Head Restraints (page 81).
F
See Seats (page 81).
G
See Parking Brake (page 111).
11
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
At a Glance
Instrument Panel Overview
Left-Hand Drive
A
Air vents. See Air Vents (page 72).
B
Parking aid switch. See Parking Aid (page 114). Start-stop switch. See
Auto-Start-Stop (page 100).
C
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 49). High beam. See
Lighting Control (page 43).
D
Left-hand drive vehicles - Information display control. See Information
Displays (page 59).
D
Right-hand drive vehicles - Information and entertainment display control. See
Information Displays (page 59). See Audio System (page 194). See
Navigation (page 263).
E
Instrument cluster. See Gauges (page 54). See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 55).
F
Left-hand drive vehicles - Information and entertainment display control. See
Information Displays (page 59). See Audio System (page 194). See
Navigation (page 263).
12
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
At a Glance
F
Right-hand drive vehicles - Information display control. See Information
Displays (page 59).
G
Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 40).
H
Heated rear window switch. Heated windshield switch. See Heated Windows
and Mirrors (page 76).
I
Information and entertainment display.
J
Audio unit. See Audio System (page 194).
K
Door lock indicator. See Locking and Unlocking (page 31).
L
Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 138).
M
Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 72).
N
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 96).
O
Vehicles with information and entertainment display control - Audio control.
See Audio Control (page 37). Voice control. See Voice Control (page 38).
P
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 37).
Q
Horn.
R
Cruise control switches. See Cruise Control (page 119).
S
Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 43). Front fog lamps. See Front
Fog Lamps (page 47). Rear fog lamps. See Rear Fog Lamps (page 47).
Headlamp leveling control. See Headlamp Leveling (page 48). Instrument
lighting dimmer. See Instrument Lighting Dimmer (page 45).
13
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
At a Glance
Right-Hand Drive
A
Air vents. See Air Vents (page 72).
B
Heated rear window switch. Heated windshield switch. See Heated Windows
and Mirrors (page 76).
C
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 49). High beam. See
Lighting Control (page 43).
D
Left-hand drive vehicles - Information display control. See Information
Displays (page 59).
D
Right-hand drive vehicles - Information and entertainment display control. See
Information Displays (page 59). See Audio System (page 194). See
Navigation (page 263).
E
Instrument cluster. See Gauges (page 54). See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 55).
F
Left-hand drive vehicles - Information and entertainment display control. See
Information Displays (page 59). See Audio System (page 194). See
Navigation (page 263).
14
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
At a Glance
F
Right-hand drive vehicles - Information display control. See Information
Displays (page 59).
G
Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 40).
H
Parking aid switch. See Parking Aid (page 114). Start-stop switch. See
Auto-Start-Stop (page 100).
I
Information and entertainment display.
J
Audio unit. See Audio System (page 194).
K
Door lock indicator. See Locking and Unlocking (page 31).
L
Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 138).
M
Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 72).
N
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 96).
O
Vehicles with information and entertainment display control - Audio control.
See Audio Control (page 37). Voice control. See Voice Control (page 38).
P
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 37).
Q
Horn.
R
Cruise control switches. See Cruise Control (page 119).
S
Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 43). Front fog lamps. See Front
Fog Lamps (page 47). Rear fog lamps. See Rear Fog Lamps (page 47).
Headlamp leveling control. See Headlamp Leveling (page 48). Instrument
lighting dimmer. See Instrument Lighting Dimmer (page 45).
15
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD SEATS
WARNINGS
Your vehicle is equipped with a
passenger airbag deactivation
switch. See Passenger Airbag
(page 27). You must switch the airbag off
when using a rearward facing child seat on
the front seat. Make sure you switch the
airbag back on following removal of the
rearward facing child seat.
Use an approved child seat to secure
children less than 60 in (150 cm) tall
on the rear seat.
Read and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions when you are installing
a child seat.
Do not modify child seats in any way.
Do not hold a child on your lap when
your vehicle is moving.
Do not leave unattended children in
your vehicle.
If your vehicle has been involved in a
crash, have the child seats checked
by an authorized dealer.
Only child seats certified to ECE-R44.03
(or later) have been tested and approved
for use in your vehicle. A choice of these
are available from an authorized dealer.
Note: Mandatory use of child seats varies
from country to country.
Child Seats for Different Mass
Groups
WARNINGS
Extreme Hazard! Never use a
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an active airbag in
front of it. Death or serious injury to the
child can occur.
Use the correct child seat as follows:
16
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Child Safety
Booster Seats
Rearward Facing Baby Safety Seat
WARNINGS
Do not install a booster seat or a
booster cushion with only the lap
strap of the safety belt.
Do not install a booster seat or a
booster cushion with a safety belt
that is slack or twisted.
Do not put the safety belt under your
child’s arm or behind their back.
Do not use pillows, books or towels
to boost your child’s height.
Make sure that your children sit in an
upright position.
Secure children that weigh less than 29 lb
(13 kg) in a rearward facing baby safety
seat (Group 0+) on the front seat.
When using a child seat on a rear
seat, the child seat must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat. It must not
touch the head restraint. If necessary
remove the head restraint. See Head
Restraints (page 81).
Child Safety Seat
You must reinstall the head restraint
following the removal of the child
seat. See Head Restraints (page
81).
Secure children that weigh more than 33 lb
(15 kg) but are less than 60 in (150 cm)
tall in a booster seat or a booster cushion.
Secure children that weigh between 29 lb
(13 kg) and 40 lb (18 kg) in a child safety
seat (Group 1) on the front seat.
17
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Child Safety
Booster Seat (Group 2)
ISOFIX Anchor Points
We recommend that you use a booster
seat that combines a cushion with a
backrest instead of a booster cushion only.
The raised seating position will allow you
to position the shoulder strap of the adult
safety belt over the center of your child’s
shoulder and the lap strap tightly across
their hips.
Use an anti-rotation device when
using the ISOFIX system. We
recommend the use of a top tether
or support leg.
WARNING
Your vehicle may have ISOFIX anchor
points that accommodate universally
approved ISOFIX child seats.
Booster Cushion (Group 3)
The ISOFIX system has two rigid
attachment arms on the child seat that
attach to anchor points on the second row
seats, where the cushion and backrest
meet. Tether anchor points are fitted to
the underside or rear of the second row
seats for child seats with a top tether.
Note: When you are purchasing an ISOFIX
seat, make sure that you know the correct
mass group and ISOFIX size class for the
intended seating locations. See Child Seat
Positioning (page 20).
18
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Child Safety
Attaching a Child Seat with Top
Tethers
Type 2
WARNING
Do not attach the top tether strap to
anything other than the correct top
tether strap anchor point.
Follow the child seat manufacturer's
instructions for installing a child seat with
a top tether.
Type 1
Attaching a Child Seat with a
Support Leg
WARNINGS
Make sure the support leg is long
enough to reach the vehicle floor.
Make sure that the child seat
manufacturer lists your vehicle as
suitable for use with this type of child
seat.
Follow the child seat manufacturer's
instructions for installing a child seat with
a support leg.
19
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Child Safety
WARNINGS
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child seat on a seat
protected by an air bag in front of it!
When using a child seat with a
support leg, the support leg must
rest securely on the floor.
When using a child seat with a safety
belt, make sure that the safety belt
is not slack or twisted.
The child seat must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat. Remove the
head restraint when using a forward
facing child seat. See Head Restraints
(page 81).
You must reinstall the head restraint
following the removal of the child
seat. See Head Restraints (page
81).
CHILD SEAT POSITIONING
Note: When using a child seat on a front
seat, always adjust the front passenger's
seat to its fully rearward position. If it proves
difficult to tighten the lap section of the
safety belt without slack remaining, adjust
the seatback to the fully upright position
and raise the height of the seat. See Seats
(page 81).
WARNINGS
See an authorized dealer for the
latest details relating to our
recommended child seats.
20
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Child Safety
Mass group categories
0
0+
Up to 22
lbs (10 kg)
Up to 29
lbs (13 kg)
Front passenger's seat
with airbag ON
X
X
UF¹
UF¹
UF¹
Front passenger's seat
with airbag OFF
U¹
U¹
U¹
U¹
U¹
Rear seats second and
third row
U
U
U
U
U
Rear seats fourth row bus
X
X
X
X
X
Seating positions
1
2
3
20 - 40 lbs 33 - 55 lbs 46 - 79 lbs
(9 - 18 kg) (15 - 25 kg) (22 - 36 kg)
X Not suitable for children in this mass group.
U Suitable for universal category child seats approved for use in this mass group.
U¹ Suitable for universal category child seats approved for use in this mass group. However,
we recommend that you secure children in a government approved child seat, on the rear
seat.
UF¹ Suitable for universal category forward facing child seats approved for use in this
mass group. However, we recommend that you secure children in a government approved
child seat, on the rear seat.
21
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Child Safety
ISOFIX Child Seats
Mass group categories
Seating positions
0
0+
I
Up to 22 lbs (10
kg)
Up to 29 lbs (13
kg)
20 - 40 lbs (9 18 kg)
Baby safety seat
Rear ISOFIX second row
Child safety
seat
IU
IU
IU
ISOFIX size class - second row
E
C, D, E
A, B, B1, C, D
Rear ISOFIX third row
IU
IU
IU
E
D, E
A, B, B1, D
*
*
ISOFIX size class - third row
IU Suitable for universal category ISOFIX child seats approved for use in this mass group.
*
As defined by ECE-R16.
Note: When you are purchasing an ISOFIX child seat, make sure that you know the correct
mass group and ISOFIX size class for the intended seating locations.
Note: There are no ISOFIX Anchor Points on fourth row seats.
22
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Child Safety
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
WARNING
You cannot open the rear doors from
inside if you have put the child safety
locks on.
A child safety lock is on the rear edge of
each rear door. You must set the child
safety lock separately on each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn it counterclockwise to switch the child
lock on and clockwise to switch it off.
Right-Hand Side
Turn it clockwise to switch the child lock
on and counterclockwise to switch it off.
23
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Safety Belts
FASTENING THE SAFETY
BELTS
WARNINGS
Insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear a distinct click. You have
not fastened the safety belt correctly
if you do not hear a distinct click.
Make sure that your safety belt is
securely stored away and is not
outside your vehicle when closing the
door.
Pull the safety belt out steadily. It may lock
if you pull it sharply or if your vehicle is on
a slope.
Press the red button on the buckle to
release the safety belt. Hold the tongue
and let it retract completely and smoothly
to its stowed position.
Using Safety Belts During
Pregnancy
WARNING
Position the safety belt correctly for
your safety and that of your unborn
child. Do not use only the lap strap
or the shoulder strap.
24
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Safety Belts
Pregnant women should always wear their
safety belt. The lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder safety belt
should be positioned low across the hips
below the stomach and worn as tight as
comfort will allow. The shoulder belt
should be positioned to cross the middle
of the shoulder and the center of the chest.
1.
Support the safety belt loop while
pressing the adjuster button.
2. Slide the adjuster to the desired
position then release the button.
3. Pull down on the safety belt loop to
make sure it is secure in position.
SAFETY BELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
SAFETY BELT MINDER
WARNING
WARNING
Position the safety belt height
adjuster so that the belt rests across
the middle of your shoulder. Failure
to adjust the safety belt correctly could
reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt
and increase the risk of injury in a collision.
The system will only provide
protection when you use the safety
belt correctly.
The warning lamp illuminates and an
audible warning will sound when the
following conditions have been met:
• The driver's safety belt has not been
fastened.
• Your vehicle exceeds a relatively low
speed.
It will also illuminate when the driver's
safety belt is unfastened when your vehicle
is moving.
If you do not fasten the driver's safety belt
both the audible and visual warnings will
switch off automatically after
approximately five minutes.
25
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Safety Belts
Turning the Safety Belt Minder Off
See an authorized dealer.
26
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNINGS
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an airbag in front
of it!
Do not modify the front of your
vehicle in any way. This could
adversely affect deployment of the
airbags.
Wear a safety belt and keep
sufficient distance between yourself
and the steering wheel. Only when
you use the safety belt properly, can it hold
you in a position that allows the airbag to
achieve its optimum effect. See Sitting
in the Correct Position (page 81).
The airbag will deploy during significant
frontal collisions or collisions that are up
to 30 degrees from the left or the right. The
airbag will inflate within a few thousandths
of a second and deflate on contact with
the occupant, thus cushioning forward
body movement. During minor frontal
collisions, overturns, rear collisions and
side collisions, the airbag will not deploy.
Repairs to the steering wheel,
steering column, seats, airbags and
safety belts must be carried out by
an authorized dealer.
Keep the areas in front of the airbags
free from obstruction. Do not affix
anything to or over the airbag covers.
PASSENGER AIRBAG
Do not puncture the seat with sharp
objects. This could damage and
adversely affect deployment of the
airbags.
Use seat covers designed for seats
with side airbags. Have these fitted
by an authorized dealer.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
Note: The front passenger airbag protects
both positions of a double seat.
Note: Only wipe airbag covers with a damp
cloth.
27
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The airbag will deploy during significant
frontal collisions or collisions that are up
to 30 degrees from the left or the right. The
airbag will inflate within a few thousandths
of a second and deflate on contact with
the occupant, thus cushioning forward
body movement. During minor frontal
collisions, overturns, rear collisions and
side collisions, the airbag will not deploy.
Switching the Passenger Airbag
Off
WARNING
You must switch the airbag off when
using a rearward facing child seat on
the front seat.
The key switch and the airbag deactivation
warning lamp are located in the instrument
panel.
A
Switch off
B
Switch on
Turn the switch to position A.
When you switch the ignition on, check that
the airbag deactivation warning lamp
illuminates.
Switching the Passenger Airbag
On
WARNING
You must switch the airbag on when
you are not using a child seat on the
front seat.
28
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
Turn the switch to position B.
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNING
Use seat covers designed for seats
with side airbags. Have these fitted
by an authorized dealer.
Side curtain airbags are located over both
side windows where there are driver and
front passenger seats. There are molded
badges in the headlining above the side
windows to indicate this.
The airbags are located inside the
seatback of the front seats. There is a label
attached to the side of the seatback to
indicate this.
The airbags will deploy during significant
lateral collisions. They will also deploy
during significant frontal angled collisions.
The side curtain airbags will not deploy in
minor lateral and frontal collisions, rear
collisions or overturns.
The airbag will deploy during significant
lateral collisions. It might also deploy
during significant frontal collisions. The
airbag will not deploy in minor lateral and
frontal collisions, rear collisions, or
overturns.
29
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
You can purchase replacement keys or
remote controls from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Remote
Control (page 30).
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m).
To re-program the passive anti-theft
system see an authorized dealer.
A decrease in operating range could be
caused by:
• weather conditions
• nearby radio towers
• structures around your vehicle
• other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other radio
transmitters, for example amateur radios,
medical equipment, wireless headphones,
wireless remote controls, cell phones,
battery chargers and alarm systems. If the
frequencies are jammed, you will not be
able to use your remote control. You can
lock and unlock the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure your vehicle is locked
before leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.
Note: The remote control contains sensitive
electrical components. Exposure to moisture
or impact may cause permanent damage.
REMOTE CONTROL
You can program a maximum of eight
remote controls to your vehicle. See an
authorized dealer.
30
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Locks
Double Locking with the Remote
Control
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
Note: Check your vehicle is locked before
leaving it unattended.
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
Note: Do not leave your keys in your vehicle.
Locking the Doors
Unlocking the Doors
Locking the Doors with the Key
Unlocking the Doors with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle.
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of
your vehicle.
Locking the Doors with the Remote
Control
Unlocking the Doors with the Remote
Control
Press the button.
Press the button.
Note: You can unlock the driver door with
the key. Use the key when the remote
control is not functioning.
Note: You can lock the driver door with the
key. Use the key when the remote control is
not functioning.
Note: When you lock your vehicle for
several weeks, the remote control will be
switched off. Your vehicle must be unlocked
and the engine started using the key.
Unlocking and starting your vehicle once will
enable the remote control.
Double Locking the Doors (If Equipped)
WARNING
Do not use double locking when
passengers or animals are inside your
vehicle. You will not be able to
unlock the doors from the inside if you have
double locked them.
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
You can reprogram the unlocking function
so that only the driver door is unlocked.
See Remote Control (page 30).
Double locking is a theft protection feature
that prevents someone from opening the
doors from the inside.
Locking and Unlocking
Confirmation
Note: If you double lock your vehicle while
inside, switch the ignition on to return the
door locks to a single locked state.
When you lock the doors, the direction
indicators will flash twice.
Double Locking the Doors with the Key
When you unlock the doors, the direction
indicators will flash once.
Turn the key to the lock position twice
within three seconds.
Note: If your vehicle has double locking, the
direction indicators will flash only when your
vehicle has been double locked.
31
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Locks
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
From Inside
A
Lock
B
Unlock
Opening the Double Rear Doors (If
Equipped)
You can see the door lock status in the
instrument panel. For item location: See
At a Glance (page 10). The lamp will
illuminate when you lock your vehicle.
Opening the Sliding Door
Slam Locking (If Equipped)
Slam locking allows you to lock a door with
the door open. The door will be locked
when you close it.
Note: Do not leave your keys in your vehicle.
Note: The horn may sound if you try to lock
the doors when a door is still open.
32
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Locks
Automatic Locking (If Equipped)
•
Your vehicle has the capability for the
doors to lock automatically when you
exceed 5 mph (8 km/h). You can turn this
function on using the information display.
See Information Displays (page 59). If
you have turned this function on, either use
the interior door unlock button or switch
the ignition off and use the key or remote
control to unlock the rear or sliding door.
•
Press the unlock button on the remote
control once.
Press the interior unlock button once.
Note: When you have double locked your
vehicle, the interior unlock button will only
work for a period of 20 seconds.
Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)
Note: The direction indicators will flash
once when you unlock the doors.
Automatic Re-Locking
You will unlock the front doors when you:
• Pull either interior handle (except if you
have double locked the doors).
• Turn the key in the door lock.
• Press the unlock button on the remote
control once.
• Press the interior unlock button once.
The doors will re-lock automatically if you
do not open a door within 45 seconds of
unlocking the doors with the remote
control. The door locks and the alarm will
return to their previous state.
Automatic Unlocking
You can turn this function on using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 59). When enabled, the
automatic unlocking feature will unlock all
doors within 10 minutes of the end of a
drive cycle, when the driver door is opened
and the ignition is off.
Note: When you have double locked your
vehicle, the interior unlock button will only
work for a period of 20 seconds.
You can turn this function on using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 59).
You will unlock the front doors and cargo
area when you:
• Turn the key in the door lock to the
unlock position twice within three
seconds.
• Press the unlock button on the remote
control twice within three seconds.
• Press the interior unlock button twice
within three seconds.
When you use this feature, you will unlock
all doors including the rear doors or liftgate
and the sliding door.
Note: When you have double locked your
vehicle, the interior unlock button will only
work for a period of 20 seconds.
Note: The direction indicators will flash
once when you unlock the doors.
Zone Re-Locking
You will unlock all of the doors when you:
• Pull either interior handle (except if you
have double locked the doors).
• Turn the key in the door lock.
If you enable zone re-locking and open one
door, this will cause all other doors to
remain locked. See an authorized dealer
for further information.
Unlocking the Doors (One-Stage
Unlock)
33
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Locks
The locks on your vehicle are split into two
zones, cabin and cargo. The cargo area
comprises of the rear doors or liftgate and
the sliding door.
•
•
WARNINGS
Make sure to close and latch the
liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust
fumes into your vehicle. This will also
prevent passengers and cargo from falling
out. If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the vents or windows open so outside
air comes into your vehicle. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury.
Exit your vehicle and press the lock
button.
Press the unlock button or the luggage
compartment unlock button once to
open the respective zone.
If you now open a door within the unlocked
zone, the other doors in that zone will
automatically lock.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Configurable Unlocking (If Equipped)
Note: Do not hang anything (bike rack, etc.)
from the spoiler, glass or liftgate. This could
damage the liftgate and its components.
Configurable unlocking is set at the time
of vehicle purchase. It allows you to select
which doors unlock when you press the
unlock button or the luggage compartment
unlock button on your remote control once
or twice. You cannot turn this feature back
on if you have had it turned off. See an
authorized dealer for further information.
Note: If you leave the liftgate open when
driving the tailgate components could be
damaged.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate
To Open the Liftgate
MANUAL LIFTGATE
WARNINGS
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of your
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a safety belt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Press the button located in the top of the
liftgate pull cup handle to unlatch the
liftgate, then pull on the outside handle.
34
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Locks
To Close the Liftgate
35
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Security
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
The system will warn you of an
unauthorized entry to your vehicle. It will
be triggered if any door, the luggage
compartment or the hood is opened
without using the key or the remote
control.
Principle of Operation
The system prevents someone from
starting the engine with an incorrectly
coded key.
The park and direction indicators will flash
and the horn will sound if unauthorized
entry is attempted while the alarm is
armed.
Coded Keys
If you lose a key, you can obtain a
replacement from an authorized dealer. If
possible, provide them with the key
number from the tag provided with the
original keys. You can also obtain extra
keys from an authorized dealer.
Take all remote controls to an authorized
dealer if there is any potential alarm
problem with your vehicle.
Note: Have all of your remaining keys
erased and recoded if you lose a key. Have
replacement keys coded together with
recoding your remaining keys. See an
authorized dealer for further information.
Arming the Alarm
Note: Do not shield your keys with metal
objects. This may prevent the receiver from
recognizing a coded key.
Disarming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is
not a key in the ignition. Lock your vehicle
to arm the alarm.
Disarm the alarm by:
•
Arming the Engine Immobilizer
•
When you switch the ignition off the engine
immobilizer will arm automatically after a
short time.
•
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer
Unlocking the doors or luggage
compartment with the remote control.
Switching the ignition on or starting the
engine.
Using a key in the driver’s door to
unlock your vehicle, then switching the
ignition on within 12 seconds.
When you switch the ignition on the engine
immobilizer will disarm automatically if a
correctly coded key is used.
If you are unable to start the engine with a
correctly coded key, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer.
36
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 81).
3. Lock the steering column.
AUDIO CONTROL
Select the required source on the audio
unit.
You can operate the following functions
with the control:
Type 1
1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
Use the arrows on the steering wheel to
navigate through the menus. Press OK to
make a selection.
37
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Steering Wheel
Type 2
VOICE CONTROL
A
Volume up
B
Seek up or next
C
Volume down
D
Seek down or previous
Pull the control to select or deselect voice
control. See SYNC™ (page 223).
CRUISE CONTROL
Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
• tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset
• play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
• tune the radio to the next station up or
down the frequency band
• seek through a track.
See Cruise Control (page 119).
38
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Steering Wheel
INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL
See Information Displays (page 59).
39
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
Intermittent Wipe
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers and vehicle power off before using
an automatic car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper
Blades (page 160). If that does not resolve
the issue, install new wiper blades. See
Changing the Wiper Blades (page 161).
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
A
Short-wipe interval.
B
Intermittent wipe.
C
Long-wipe interval.
Push the wiper lever up to switch the
wipers on, and then use the rotary control
to adjust the intermittent wipe interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers (If Equipped)
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes decreases.
AUTOWIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
A
Single wipe.
B
Intermittent wipe.
C
Normal wipe.
D
High-speed wipe.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers and ignition off before using an
automatic car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: Move to position O marked on the
wiper lever to switch off.
Note: If you switch autolamps and
autowipers on, the headlamps
automatically turn on when the windshield
wipers continuously operate.
40
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
Note: During wet or winter driving
conditions with ice, snow or a salty road
mist, inconsistent or unexpected wiping or
smearing may occur.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive and the
wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects
hit the windshield.
In these conditions, you can do the
following:
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
to reduce the amount of smearing on
the windshield.
• Switch to normal or high-speed wipe.
• Switch autowipers off.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.
Note: Do not operate the washers for more
than 10 seconds at a time.
To use the washer, pull the lever toward
you.
A
High sensitivity
B
On
C
Low sensitivity
When you release the lever, wiping will
continue for a short period of time.
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHERS
Note: Some autowiper levers may include
a letter "A" within the icon.
Autowipers uses a rain sensor located in
the area around the interior mirror. The rain
sensor monitors the amount of moisture
on the windshield and automatically turns
the wipers on. It will adjust the wiper speed
by the amount of moisture that the sensor
detects on the windshield.
Rear Window Wiper
Note: Make sure you switch the rear
window wiper and ignition off before using
an automatic car wash.
Use the rotary control to adjust the
sensitivity of the autowipers. When you
select low sensitivity, the wipers will
operate when the sensor detects a large
amount of water on the windshield. When
you select high sensitivity, the wipers will
operate when the sensor detects a small
amount of water on the windshield.
41
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
A
Intermittent wipe.
B
Low speed wipe.
C
Off.
Press the top of the button to switch
intermittent wipe on. Press the top of the
button again to switch low speed wipe on.
Press the bottom of the button to switch
the rear window wiper off.
When you switch on the front wipers and
move the gearshift lever to reverse (R),
rear intermittent wipe automatically turns
on.
Rear Window Washer
Push the lever away from you to operate
the rear window washer. When you release
the lever, wiping continues for a short
period of time.
42
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Lighting
GENERAL INFORMATION
LIGHTING CONTROL
Condensation in Lamp Assemblies
Lighting Control Positions
Exterior lamps have vents to
accommodate normal changes in air
pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
A
Off.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
B
Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
tail lamps.
C
Headlamps.
Parking Lamps
Examples of unacceptable condensation
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
Note: Prolonged use of the parking lamps
will cause the battery to run out of charge.
Switch the ignition off.
Both Sides
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
Select position B on the lighting control to
switch the parking lamps on.
43
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Lighting
Headlamp Flasher
One Side
Slightly pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the headlamps.
A
Right-hand side.
B
Left-hand side.
AUTOLAMPS
High Beams
Push the lever away from you to switch
the high beam on.
The headlamps will switch on and off
automatically in low light situations or
during inclement weather.
Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beams
off.
The headlamps will remain on for a period
of time after you switch the ignition off.
Use the information display controls to
adjust the period of time that the
headlamps will remain on. See
Information Displays (page 59).
When the headlamp switch is in the
Autolamps position, the windshield wiper
activated exterior lamps will turn on within
10 seconds when you switch the
windshield wipers on. The exterior lamps
will turn off after a short period of time
when you switch the windshield wipers off.
44
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Lighting
This feature does not turn on the exterior
lamps:
• During a single wipe.
• While the wipers are on to clear washer
fluid during a wash condition.
• If the wipers are in automatic or
intermittent modes.
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can
switch the headlamps on by pulling the
direction indicator lever toward you. You
will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
switch off automatically after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door has been closed. You
can cancel this feature by pulling the
direction indicator toward you again or
switching the ignition on.
Note: If you have autolamps and
autowipers switched on the low beam
headlamps will turn on automatically when
the windshield wipers operate continuously.
Note: You may have to manually switch
the headlamps on in severe weather
conditions.
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
Daytime Running Lamps (If Equipped)
Note: If you have autolamps switched on
you can only switch the high beam
headlamps on once the system has turned
the headlamps on.
WARNING
Always remember to switch the
headlamps on in low light situations
or during inclement weather. The
system does not turn the rear lamps on
and may not provide adequate lighting.
Failure to switch the headlamps on under
these conditions may result in a crash.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
When you switch the ignition on, the
system automatically turns on.
To switch the system on:
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Turn the lighting control switch to the
off or autolamp position.
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL
WARNINGS
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention. A manual
override may be necessary if the system
fails to switch the high beam on or off.
Press it repeatedly or press it and hold it
until the desired level is reached.
Note: If you disconnect the battery or it
loses charge the instrument lighting will
return to its brightest setting.
45
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Lighting
Once the system is active the high beam
will switch on if:
• It is dark enough to require the use of
high beams and
• there is no traffic or street lighting
ahead and
• vehicle speed is greater than 25 mph
(40 km/h).
WARNINGS
A manual override may be required
when approaching other road users
such as cyclists.
Do not use the system in fog.
In cold and severe weather
conditions the system may not
function. A manual override may be
necessary in these cases.
The high beam will switch off if:
• The ambient light is high enough that
high beam is not required.
• An approaching vehicle's headlamps
or tail lamps are detected.
• Street lighting is detected.
• Vehicle speed falls below 16 mph (25
km/h).
• The camera sensor is too hot or
becomes blocked.
The system may not deactivate the
high beam if the lights of oncoming
vehicles are hidden by obstacles (for
example guard rails).
Check and replace wiper blades
regularly to ensure the camera
sensor has a clear view through the
windscreen. Replacement wiper blades
must be the correct length.
Activating the System
Note: Keep the windscreen free from
obstructions such as bird droppings, insects
and snow or ice.
Switch the system on using the information
display and autolamps. See Information
Displays (page 59). See Autolamps
(page 44).
Note: Reflective road signs may be
detected as oncoming traffic and the
headlamps will be switched to low beam.
Note: Always fit Ford Original Parts when
replacing headlamp bulbs. Other bulbs may
reduce system performance.
The system will automatically switch on
high beams if it is dark enough and no other
traffic is present. If it detects an
approaching vehicle’s headlamps or tail
lamps, or street lighting ahead the system
will switch off high beam before it can
distract other road users. Low beam will
remain on.
Turn the switch to the autolamps position.
The Automatic High Beam Control
indicator will illuminate to confirm when
your system is ready to assist.
A camera sensor is centrally mounted
behind the windshield of your vehicle. This
monitors conditions continuously to decide
when to switch the high beams on and off.
Note: The indicator will only illuminate
when it is dark and headlamps have been
switched on.
46
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Lighting
Note: The system may take a short time to
initialize after first switching the ignition on,
especially in very dark conditions. The high
beam will not automatically switch on
during this time.
FRONT FOG LAMPS
Setting the System Sensitivity
The system has three sensitivity levels
which can be accessed via the information
display. See Information Displays (page
59).
The set level determines the speed at
which the high beam will be restored after
detected traffic leaves the field of view.
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
Manually Overriding the System
You can switch the fog lamps on when the
lighting control is in any position except
off.
Note: Only use fog lamps during reduced
visibility, for example, fog, snow or heavy
rain.
Note: If you switch autolamps on, you can
only switch the fog lamps on once
autolamps has turned the headlamps on.
REAR FOG LAMPS
Push or pull the lever to switch between
high and low beam.
Note: This is a temporary override and the
system will return to automatic operation
after a short period.
To permanently deactivate the system use
the information display menu or turn the
lighting control switch from autolamps to
headlamps.
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
You can only switch the rear fog lamps on
when either the front fog lamps or low
beam headlamps are on.
47
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Lighting
Note: Only use the rear fog lamps when
visibility is less than 164 feet (50 meters).
Note: Do not use the rear fog lamps when
it is raining or snowing.
Note: If you switch autolamps on, you can
only switch the fog lamps on once
autolamps has turned the headlamps on.
HEADLAMP LEVELING
Adjust the level of the headlamp beams
according to your vehicle load.
Set the headlamp leveling control to zero
when your vehicle is unloaded. Set the
headlamp beams to give between
115–328 ft (35–100 m) of road surface
illumination when your vehicle is partially
or fully loaded.
1. Press to release the control.
2. Rotate the control to the required
setting.
3. Press to close the control.
To adjust the level of the headlamp
beams:
CORNERING LAMPS
48
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Lighting
A
Headlamp beam
B
Cornering lamp beam
The cornering lamps illuminate the inside
of a corner when you are turning.
If you set the switch to position B, the
courtesy lamp will switch on when you
unlock your vehicle, open a door or the
liftgate. If you leave a door open with the
ignition switched off, the courtesy lamp
will switch off automatically after a short
period of time to prevent your vehicle
battery from losing charge. To switch it
back on, switch the ignition on for a short
period of time.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
The courtesy lamp will also switch on
when you switch the ignition off. It will
switch off automatically after a short
period of time or when you start the engine.
If you set the switch to position C with the
ignition switched off, the courtesy lamp
will switch on. It will switch off
automatically after a short period of time
to prevent your vehicle battery from losing
charge. To switch it back on, switch the
ignition on for a short period of time.
Push the lever up or down to use the
direction indicators.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times to
indicate a lane change.
Reading Lamps
INTERIOR LAMPS
Courtesy Lamp
If you switch the ignition off, the reading
lamps will switch off automatically after
a short period of time to prevent your
vehicle battery from losing charge. To
switch them back on, switch the ignition
on for a short period of time.
A
Off
B
Door contact
C
On
49
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Lighting
Entrance Lamps
The lamps are located above the rear
doors and sliding door. They will switch on
and off automatically when you open and
close the doors. If you unlock the doors
with the remote control, they will switch
on. They will switch off automatically after
a short period of time.
50
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Driver Side One-Touch Up
POWER WINDOWS
Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or
lift it again to stop the window.
WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the power windows. They may
seriously injure themselves.
Bounce-Back
The driver side window will stop
automatically while closing. It will reverse
some distance if there is an obstacle in the
way.
When closing the power windows,
you should verify they are free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the window openings.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
To override this protection feature when
there is a resistance, for example, in winter:
1.
Close the window twice until it reaches
the point of resistance and let it
reverse.
2. Close the window a third time to the
point of resistance. The bounce-back
feature is now disabled and you can
close the window manually. The
window will go past the point of
resistance and you can close it fully.
See an authorized dealer as soon as
possible if the window does not close after
the third attempt.
Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
The bounce-back feature remains
turned off until it is reset.
Press the switch to open the window.
Lift the switch to close the window.
1.
Note: You may hear a rumbling noise when
just one of the windows are open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
2.
3.
Note: The power windows only operate
with the ignition switched on.
4.
5.
Driver Side One-Touch Down
Press the switch fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.
6.
Lift and hold the switch until the
window is fully closed.
Release the switch.
Lift the switch again for one more
second.
Release the switch.
Lift the switch again for one more
second.
Open the window and then try to close
using the one-touch feature.
51
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
7.
Repeat the procedure if the window
does not close using the one-touch
feature.
Note: If you have disconnected the battery,
you must reset the bounce-back memory.
Move the controller in the direction of the
arrows to adjust the mirror.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
The power folding mirrors operate with the
ignition on, and for several minutes after
you switch the ignition off.
Power Folding Mirrors (If Equipped)
Folding and Unfolding
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving. This could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Move the controller downward to fold or
unfold the mirrors.
Note: You can only fold the mirrors when
the controller is set to position B.
Note: If you fold and unfold the mirrors
several times within one minute, the power
fold function may turn off to protect the
motors from overheating.
A
Left-hand mirror
B
Off
C
Right-hand mirror
Note: Do not manually fold or unfold power
folding mirrors.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when you unfold it.
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirror when your
vehicle is moving.
52
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
Pull the blind up and attach it to the hooks
A.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. Some mirrors also have a
second pivot point. This lets you move the
mirror head up or down and from side to
side.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce glare at night.
Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
Note: Do not block the sensors on the front
and back of the mirror. Mirror performance
may be affected. A rear center passenger or
raised rear center head restraint may also
block light from reaching the sensor.
The mirror will dim automatically to reduce
glare when bright lights are detected from
behind your vehicle. It will automatically
return to normal reflection when you select
reverse gear to make sure you have a clear
view when backing up.
SUN SHADES
Rear Side Windows
53
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
GAUGES
A
Odometer, tripmeter, distance to empty and Information display. See
Information Displays (page 59).
B
Speedometer.
C
Engine coolant temperature gauge.
D
Tripmeter reset and distance to empty toggle button.
E
Fuel gauge.
F
Tachometer.
Trip Computer
Information Display
See Trip Computer (page 66).
Odometer
Outside Air Temperature
Registers the distance your vehicle has
traveled.
Shows the outside air temperature.
Tripmeter Reset and Distance to Empty
Press the button to change between the
tripmeter and distance to empty
information. Press and hold the button to
reset the tripmeter.
54
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
Anti-Lock Braking System Warning
Lamp
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a
malfunction. You will continue
to have normal braking (without Anti-lock
braking system). Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
WARNING
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.
At normal operating temperature, the
needle will remain in the center section.
If the needle enters the red section, the
engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so and switch the
engine off. Determine the cause once the
engine has cooled down. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 156).
Automatic High Beam Lamp
It will illuminate when this
feature is on. See Automatic
High Beam Control (page 45).
Note: Do not restart the engine until the
cause of overheating has been determined
and resolved.
Brake Pad Wear Warning Lamp
It will illuminate when the brake
pads have worn down to a
predetermined limit. Have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
Fuel Gauge
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
indicate approximately how much fuel is
in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to the
fuel pump symbol indicates on which side
of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
Brake System Warning Lamp
It will illuminate when you
engage the parking brake and
the ignition is on.
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
If it illuminates when your vehicle is
moving, make sure the parking brake is
disengaged. If the parking brake is
disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid
level or a brake system malfunction. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer immediately.
The following warning lamps and
indicators will alert you to a vehicle
condition that may become serious. Some
lamps will illuminate when you start your
vehicle to make sure they work. If any
lamps remain on after starting your vehicle,
refer to the respective system warning
lamp for further information.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle with the warning
lamp on is dangerous. A significant
decrease in braking performance
may occur. It will take you longer to stop
your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer immediately. Driving
extended distances with the parking brake
engaged can cause brake failure and the
risk of personal injury.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and function the
same as a warning lamp but do not display
when you start your vehicle.
55
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Cruise Control Indicator
If both lamps illuminate together, stop your
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so
(continued use may cause reduced power
and cause the engine to stop). Switch the
ignition off and attempt to restart the
engine. If the engine restarts have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
It will illuminate when you have
set a speed using the cruise
control system. See Using
Cruise Control (page 119).
Direction Indicator
Flashes during operation. A
sudden increase in the rate of
flashing warns of a failed
indicator bulb. See Changing a Bulb
(page 162).
Front Airbag Warning Lamp
If it fails to illuminate when you
start your vehicle, continues to
flash or remains on, it indicates
a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized dealer.
Door Ajar Warning Lamp
It will illuminate when you switch
the ignition on and remains on if
any door or the hood is open.
Front Fog Lamp Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
the front fog lamps on.
Engine Warning Lamps
Frost warning lamp
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
WARNING
Even if the temperature rises to
above 39°F (4°C) there is no
guarantee that the road is free of
hazards caused by inclement weather.
Powertrain Warning Lamp
All Vehicles
It will illuminate when the
outside air temperature is 39°F
(4°C) or below.
If either lamp illuminates when the engine
is running, this indicates a malfunction. The
engine will continue to run but it may have
limited power. If it flashes when you are
driving, reduce the speed of your vehicle
immediately. If it continues to flash, avoid
heavy acceleration or deceleration. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer immediately.
Glow Plug Indicator
WARNING
Headlamp Indicator
If it illuminates, wait until it
extinguishes before starting.
Have this checked immediately.
It will illuminate when you switch
the headlamp low beam or the
side and tail lamps on.
56
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
High Beam Indicator
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp
It will illuminate when you switch
the headlamp high beam on. It
will flash when you use the
headlamp flasher.
WARNING
Do not resume your journey if it
illuminates despite the level being
correct. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized dealer immediately.
Hill Start Assist Indicator
If it stays on after starting or
illuminates when driving, this
indicates a malfunction. Stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so
and switch the engine off. Check the engine
oil level. See Engine Oil Check (page 155).
While driving, it illuminates
during activation of the system.
After switching on the ignition, if
it does not illuminate this indicates that
the system has been disabled. An
authorized dealer can re-enable it. During
a malfunction, the system switches off and
it will not illuminate while driving.
Rear Fog Lamp Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
the rear fog lamps on.
Ignition Warning Lamp
If it illuminates when driving, this
indicates a malfunction. Switch
off all unnecessary electrical
equipment. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer immediately.
Safety Belt Minder Warning Lamp
It will illuminate and a chime will
sound to remind you to fasten
your safety belt. See Safety
Belt Minder (page 25).
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp
If it illuminates, refuel as soon as
possible.
Shift Indicator
It will illuminate when you are
recommended to shift up or
down from the selected gear. It
will not illuminate during periods
of high acceleration, braking or
when the clutch pedal is
pressed.
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp
See Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (page 177).
Message Center Indicator
Stability Control Indicator
It will illuminate when a new
message is stored in the
information display. It will be red
or amber in color depending on the severity
of the message and will remain on until the
cause of the message has been rectified.
See Information Messages (page 66).
While driving, it flashes when the
system is operating. After you
switch the ignition on, if it does
not illuminate or illuminates continuously
while driving, this indicates a malfunction.
During a malfunction, the system switches
off. Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
57
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Stability Control Off
Door Ajar
It will illuminate when you switch
the system off. It will go out
when you switch the system
back on or when you switch the ignition
off.
Sounds when a door is not fully closed and
your vehicle is moving.
Emergency Door Open
Sounds continuously when the emergency
door is open.
Start-Stop Indicator
Exterior Lamps On
It will illuminate when the engine
has automatically stopped. It will
flash to inform you when the
engine needs to restart. See
Auto-Start-Stop (page 100). See
Information Messages (page 66).
Sounds when the driver door is open and
the exterior lamps are on.
Over Speed Warning
Sounds when your vehicle exceeds a set
speed.
Water In Fuel Indicator
Parking Brake On
Vehicles with a Diesel Engine
Sounds when the parking brake is on and
your vehicle is moving. If the warning chime
remains on after you have released the
parking brake, have the system checked
by an authorized dealer immediately.
It will illuminate if there is excess
water in the fuel filter. Drain off
the water immediately. See
Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap
(page 158). If it illuminates after draining
the water, this indicates a fuel filter service
is required. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer immediately.
Safety Belt Minder
Sounds when a safety belt is unfastened
in an occupied seat and your vehicle is
moving.
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS
Airbag Secondary Warning
Sounds when there is a fault with the
airbag system and the airbag warning
lamp.
Auto-Start-Stop
Sounds when the driver door is open and
Auto-Start-Stop is in run mode while the
engine has stopped.
58
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Information Display Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
•
Various systems on your vehicle can be
controlled using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
Corresponding information is displayed in
the information display.
•
•
•
Press the up and down arrow buttons
to scroll through and highlight the
options within a menu.
Press the right arrow button to enter a
submenu.
Press the left arrow button to exit a
submenu.
Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.
Menu Structure - Information
Display
You can access the menu using the
information display control.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Trip computer
1
Trip odometer
Dist to empty
Instant fuel
Average fuel
59
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Trip computer
1
Average speed
All values
1
See Trip Computer (page 66).
Settings
Driver assist
Traction ctrl
On or Off
Driver alert
On or Off
Hill start assist
On or Off
Lane keeping
Sensitivity
Intensity
Lighting
Display
Chimes
Convenience
Rain light
On or Off
Auto highbeam
On or Off
Hdlamp delay
Manual or xx Seconds
Navigation info
Always off, On guidance or
Always on
Language
Choose your applicable
setting
Measure unit
Choose your applicable
setting
Temp unit
Choose your applicable
setting
Information
On or Off
Warning
On or Off
Aux heater
On or Off
Park heater
Time 1
Time 2
Once
Heat now
60
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Settings
Locks
Auto lock
Auto unlock
Global unlock
Custom locking
System reset
Hold OK to Reset System to
Factory Default
Menu Structure - Information and
Entertainment Display
System Check
All active warnings will display first if
applicable. The system check menu may
appear different based upon equipment
options and current vehicle status. Use the
up and down arrow buttons to scroll
through the list.
You can access the menu using the
information and entertainment display
control. See At a Glance (page 10).
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Navigation
Route
Active guidance
Route sections list
Block next section
Unblock rte sctn
Destination input
Country
City/postcode
Street
District
Start guidance
Traffic
TA
TMC for route
All TMC
Block next section
Route sections list
61
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Navigation
Unblock rte sctn
Home address
Start guidance
Change address
Last destinations
Favourites
Favourites (A-Z)
Points of interest
POIs nearby
Near destination
Along motorway
POIs near address
Search by name
Tour planning
New tour
Stored tours
Store position
Route options
Route
Eco
Fast
Short
Always ask
Driver:
Leisurely
Normal
Fast
Eco settings
Trailer
Roof box
Dynamic
On or Off
Motorway
On or Off
Tunnel
On or Off
Ferry/motorail
On or Off
Toll
On or Off
62
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Navigation
Special functions
Seasonal roads
On or Off
Toll sticker
On or Off
GPS info
System info
Enter position
Demo mode
SYNC-Media allows you to access the
SYNC features.
SYNC-Phone
Dial a number
Redial
Phonebook
Call history
Incoming calls
Outgoing calls
Missed calls
Speed Dial
Text messaging
BT Devices
Phone settings
Set as master
Phonebook pref.
Set ringtone
Phone status
Text msg notify
Emerg. Assist.
63
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Menu
SYNC-Settings
Bluetooth on
Set defaults
Master reset
Install on SYNC
System info
Voice settings
Browse USB
SYNC-Apps
Navigation
Route options
Route
Driver:
Eco Settings
Dynamic
Motorway
Tunnel
Ferry/motorail
Toll
Seasonal roads
Toll sticker
Map display
Map content
Arrows on map:
Nav time display:
Map heading up
Best contrast
Assistance options
Signs/lane
Speed limits
Nav icons in lists
64
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Menu
Hazard spot warning
Personal data
Clear last destinations
Clear favourites
Delete home address
Clear all
Reset all settings
Audio settings
Adaptive volume
Sound
Nav audio mixing
DSP settings
DSP equaliser
TA
News
Alt. frequency
RDS regional
DAB service link
Clock settings
Auto time (GPS)
Set time
Set date
Set time zone
Summer time
24-hour mode
65
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Outside Air Temperature
CLOCK
Shows the outside air temperature.
Type 1
All Values
To adjust the clock, switch the ignition on
and press buttons H or M on the
information and entertainment display as
necessary.
Indicates all the respective trip, distance,
time and average fuel information.
Type 2
PERSONALIZED SETTINGS
Note: Use the information display to adjust
the clock. See General Information (page
59).
Measure Units
To swap between imperial and metric
units, scroll to this display and press the
OK button.
TRIP COMPUTER
Swapping between imperial and metric
units will affect the following displays:
• Distance to empty.
• Average fuel consumption.
• Instantaneous fuel consumption.
• Average speed.
Resetting the Trip Computer
Press and hold OK on the current screen
to reset the respective trip, distance, time
and average fuel information.
Trip Odometer
Switching Chimes Off
Registers the distance traveled of
individual journeys.
The following chimes can be switched off:
• Warning messages.
• Information messages.
Distance to Empty
Indicates the approximate distance your
vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in
the tank. Changes in driving pattern may
cause the value to vary.
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Instantaneous Fuel Consumption
Indicates the current fuel consumption.
Average Fuel Consumption
Indicates the average fuel consumption
since the function was last reset.
Average Speed
Indicates the average speed calculated
since the function was last reset.
66
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. Other messages will
be removed automatically after a short
time.
Some messages will be supplemented by
a system specific symbol with a message
indicator.
Note: Depending on the options on your
vehicle, not all of the messages will display
or be available. Certain messages may be
abbreviated or shortened depending upon
which instrument cluster type you have.
Certain messages need to be confirmed
before you can access the menus.
The message indicator
illuminates to supplement some
messages. It will be red or amber
depending on the severity of the message
and will remain on until the cause of the
message has been rectified.
Airbag
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Airbag fault
Service now
Amber
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Alarm activated
Check Vehicle
Amber
Displays when the alarm has been triggered
due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft
Alarm (page 36).
Alarm fault
Service required
-
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Alarm
67
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Automatic High Beam Control
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Front camera low visibility Clean screen
Amber
Displays when the front camera sensor has
reduced visibility. Clean the windshield.
Front camera fault
Service required
Amber
Displays when the front camera sensor has
malfunctioned. Have this checked as soon as
possible.
Front camera temporarily not available
-
Displays when the front camera sensor has
malfunctioned. Wait a short period of time for
the sensor to cool down.
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Electrical system overvoltage
Stop safely
Red
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so
and switch the ignition off. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
Battery low
See manual
Amber
Displays to warn of a low battery condition.
Turn off all unnecessary electrical accessories.
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Driver door ajar
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible and close.
Driver side rear door ajar
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible and close.
Passenger door ajar
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible and close.
Passenger side rear door
ajar
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible and close.
Battery and Charging System
Doors Open
68
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Hood open
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible and close.
Rear load compartment
door ajar
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible and close.
Emergency rear door ajar
Red
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible and close.
Driver door ajar
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Driver side rear door ajar
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Passenger door ajar
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Passenger side rear door
ajar
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Hood open
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Rear load compartment
door ajar
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Emergency rear door ajar
-
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Engine fault
Service now
Amber
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
High engine temperature
Stop safely
Red
Displays when the engine temperature is too
high. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely
possible and allow the engine to cool. If the
problem persists, have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer as soon as possible. See
Engine Coolant Check (page 156).
Engine
69
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Hill Start Assist
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Hill start assist not available
Amber
Displays when hill start assist is not available.
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible. See Hill Start
Assist (page 109).
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Brake lamp Bulb fault
-
Displays when the brake lamp bulb has burned
out. See Lighting (page 43). .
Low beam Bulb fault
-
Displays when the low beam headlamp bulb
has burned out. See Lighting (page 43).
Headlamp fault
Service required
Amber
Displays when an electrical system problem
occurs with the headlamp system. Have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Oil change required
-
Displays when the engine oil life is depleted and
requires a change. See Engine Oil Check (page
155).
Brake fluid level low
Service now
Red
Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the
brake system should be inspected immediately.
See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page 157).
Washer fluid level low
-
Displays when the washer fluid is low and needs
to be refilled. See Washer Fluid Check (page
158).
Lighting
Maintenance
70
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Information Displays
Parking Aid
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Parking aid fault
Service required
Amber
Displays when the system has detected a fault
that requires service. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
See Parking Aid (page 114).
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Park brake applied
Red
Displays when the parking brake is set, the
engine is running and your vehicle speed is
above 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays on
after the parking brake is released, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Press brake to start
-
Displays when you start your vehicle as a
reminder to apply the brake.
Cranking time exceeded
-
Displays when your vehicle fails to start.
Message
Message
Indicator
Action
Traction control off
-
Displays when you switch the traction control
system off. See Using Traction Control (page
112).
Parking Brake
Starting System
Traction Control
71
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Climate Control
Air Conditioning
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The system directs air through the
evaporator for cooling. The evaporator
extracts humidity from the air to help keep
the windows free of mist. The system
directs the resulting condensation to the
outside of your vehicle, which may cause
a small pool to form under your vehicle.
This is normal.
Outside Air
Keep the air intakes in front of the
windshield free from obstruction (such as
snow or leaves) to allow the climate
control system to function effectively.
Recirculated Air
Note: The air conditioning operates only
when the temperature is above 39°F (4°C).
WARNING
Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to mist up. If the
windows mist up, follow the settings
for demisting the windshield.
Note: When you use air conditioning, your
vehicle uses more fuel.
AIR VENTS
The air currently in the passenger
compartment recirculates. Outside air does
not enter your vehicle.
Center Air Vents
Heating
Heating performance depends on the
temperature of the engine coolant.
General Information on Controlling
the Interior Climate
Fully close all the windows.
Warming the Interior
Direct the air toward your feet. In cold or
humid weather conditions, direct some of
the air toward the windshield and the door
windows.
Cooling the Interior
Direct the air toward your face.
72
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Climate Control
Side Air Vent
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL
A
Fan speed control: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust
to select the desired fan speed or switch off. If you switch the fan off, the
windshield may fog up.
B
Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and
recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the button illuminates and
the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This can reduce
the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering
your vehicle.
73
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Climate Control
C
Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your
vehicle. Adjust to select the desired temperature. If you select MAX A/C, the
system distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel air vents. This
mode is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning. Turn the
temperature control to maximum heat to turn the auxiliary heater on See
Auxiliary Heater (page 77).
D
Air conditioning: Press the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. To
improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle, drive with the windows
open for two to three minutes.
E
Air distribution control: Adjust to select the desired air distribution.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.
Select to distribute air through
the instrument panel air vents.
Select to distribute air through
the instrument panel air vents
and footwell air vents.
Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.
Select to distribute air through
the footwell air vents.
Note: Keep the air intakes in front of the
windshield free from obstruction (such as
snow or leaves) to allow the climate control
system to function effectively.
Select to distribute air through
the windshield air vents and
footwell air vents.
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield
during humid weather, adjust the air
distribution control to the windshield air
vents position. Increase the temperature
and fan speed and press the A/C button to
improve clearing, if required.
Select to distribute air through
the windshield air vents. You can
also use this setting to defog or
clear the windshield of a thin covering of
ice. You can also increase the temperature
and fan speed to improve clearing.
Heating the Interior Quickly
•
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE
•
General Hints
•
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
speed setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
highest setting.
Adjust the air distribution control to the
footwell air vents position.
Note: A small amount of air may be felt
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
74
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Climate Control
Recommended Settings for
Heating
•
•
•
•
•
Adjust the fan speed to the second
speed setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the hot settings.
Adjust the air distribution control to the
footwell and windshield air vents
position.
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather
•
Cooling the Interior Quickly
•
•
•
•
•
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
speed setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position.
Adjust the air distribution control to the
instrument panel air vents position.
•
•
•
Recommended Settings for
Cooling
•
•
•
Adjust the air distribution control to the
instrument panel and windshield air
vents positions.
Press the A/C button.
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.
Direct the instrument panel side air
vents toward the side windows.
Close the instrument panel vents.
Maximum Cooling Performance in
Instrument Panel or Instrument
Panel and Footwell Positions
Adjust the fan speed to the second
speed setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings.
Adjust the air distribution control to the
instrument panel air vents position.
•
•
•
Vehicle Stationary for Extended
Periods During Extreme High
Ambient Temperatures
•
•
Adjust the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position.
Adjust the fan speed to the lowest
speed setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
lowest setting.
Press the A/C and recirculated air
buttons.
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting initially and then adjust it to suit
the desired comfort level.
Apply the parking brake.
Move the transmission selector lever
to position P or neutral.
75
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Climate Control
REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROLS
A
Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.
B
Temperature and air distribution control: Controls the temperature of the
air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust to select the desired temperature and
distribution. Cool air distributes through the top air vents and warm air distributes
through the rear floor vents.
Note: Switch the air conditioning on to cool
the air through the rear air vents.
Heated Windshield
HEATED WINDOWS AND
MIRRORS
Press the button to clear the window of
thin ice and fog. Press the button again to
switch it off. It will switch off automatically
after a short period of time.
Note: Make sure the engine is running
before operating the heated windows.
Note: If you switch the heated windows on,
the engine may not stop automatically
when using Start-Stop. If you press the
heated window switch when the engine has
automatically stopped, an engine restart
will be required. See Auto-Start-Stop
(page 100).
Heated Rear Window
Press the button to clear the window of
thin ice and fog. Press the button again to
switch it off. It will switch off automatically
after a short period of time.
76
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Climate Control
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear
window or to remove decals from the inside
of the rear window. This may cause damage
to the heated grid lines and will not be
covered by your vehicle warranty.
Used correctly the system will:
• Warm the engine and the vehicle
interior.
• Keep the windows clear of ice in the
event of frost and prevent
condensation.
• Avoid cold starts to assist the engine
to reach operating temperature sooner.
Heated Exterior Mirrors
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or attempt to readjust the
mirror glass if it is frozen in place. These
actions could cause damage to the glass
and mirrors.
Following a heating cycle, if you do not
start the engine the system will not turn
on the next programmed heating cycle.
Following a heating cycle we recommend
that you drive your vehicle for at least the
same period of time as the heating cycle.
This prevents the vehicle battery from
running out of charge.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.
Note: On vehicles without a heated exterior
mirror switch, they will switch on
automatically when you switch the heated
windshield or heated rear window on.
We recommend you switch the system on
for approximately 10 minutes every month
to prevent the water pump or heater motor
seizing.
The system will only operate if there is a
minimum of 16 liters (3.5 gallons) of fuel
in the vehicle fuel tank and the outside air
temperature is below 59°F (15°C). The
system will not operate if the battery
charge level is low.
Both mirrors are heated to remove ice, mist
and fog. They will switch off automatically
after a short period of time.
Note: When the system is operating,
exhaust fumes will come from under your
vehicle. This is normal.
AUXILIARY HEATER
Fuel Operated Parking Heater
Note: On vehicles with manual climate
control, heating the vehicle interior will
depend on the heater control settings. See
Climate Control (page 72).
WARNING
Do not use the fuel operated parking
heater at fuel filling stations or near
sources of combustible vapors, dust
or in enclosed spaces. This could result in
serious personal injury or death.
Programming the Fuel Operated
Parking Heater
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 59).
The system warms the engine and the
vehicle interior; it uses fuel from the vehicle
fuel tank. The system will only operate
when your vehicle is stationary with the
engine switched off.
Note: The time and date on your vehicle’s
clock must be set correctly. See Clock
(page 66).
77
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Climate Control
Note: You must program the time at least
70 minutes before the time you wish to set.
Note: The programmed time is when you
want your vehicle to be warm and ready to
drive, not when the heater turns on.
To program the fuel operated parking heater, scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
Convenience
Press the OK button.
Park heater
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
Time 1
Allows you to program a heating cycle for each day of the
week. These times will remain stored and the system will
warm up your vehicle at the programmed times.
Time 2
Allows you to program a second heating cycle for each day
of the week. These times will remain stored and the system
will warm up your vehicle at the programmed times.
Select to set a second heating cycle, for example different
times on different days or twice on the same day.
Once
Allows you to program one heating cycle for a specific day.
Heat now
Switches the system on immediately.
4. Press the right arrow button. The
minutes will flash. Set the minutes
using the up and down arrow buttons.
Press the OK button.
Programming the Time Functions
Set the time you want your vehicle to be
warm and ready to drive. Use the
information display controls on the
steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 59).
Programming the Once Function
Selecting this function allows you to
program one heating cycle for one specific
day.
1.
Select the desired days you want the
system to warm up your vehicle.
Highlight each desired day and press
the OK button.
2. Highlight the time at the top of the
menu and press the OK button. The
hours will flash.
3. Set the hours using the up and down
arrow buttons.
Set the time you want your vehicle to be
warm and ready to drive. Use the
information display controls on the
steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 59).
1.
Highlight the time at the top of the
menu and press the OK button. The
hours start to flash.
2. Set the hours using the up and down
arrow buttons.
78
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Climate Control
3. Press the right arrow button. Set the
minutes using the up and down arrow
buttons. Press the OK button.
Switching Programmed Functions Off
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 59).
To switch the programmed functions off, scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
Convenience
Press the OK button.
Park heater
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
Time 1
Uncheck the active programmed heating cycles as required.
Time 2
Uncheck the active programmed heating cycles as required.
Once
Uncheck the active programmed heating cycles as required.
Selecting this function allows you to switch
the system on immediately.
Switching the Heat Now Function On
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 59).
WARNING
Do not use the fuel operated parking
heater at fuel filling stations or near
sources of combustible vapors, dust
or in enclosed spaces. This could result in
serious personal injury or death.
To switch the heat now function on, scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
Convenience
Press the OK button.
Park heater
Press the OK button.
Heat now
Press the OK button. An X appears in the box when the heater
is switched on. To switch the heater off, uncheck the option.
79
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Climate Control
Switching the Heat Now Function On
and Off Using the Remote Control
The heater operates by warming the
engine cooling system, it uses fuel from
the vehicle fuel tank.
Selecting this function allows you to switch
the system on immediately using the
remote control.
The system will only operate if there is a
minimum of 16 liters (3.5 gallons) of fuel
in the vehicle fuel tank. The system will not
operate if the battery charge level is low.
Note: The vehicle does not need to be
unlocked.
The system automatically turns on and off
depending on the engine coolant
temperature when the outside air
temperature is below 41°F (5°C), unless
you have switched it off.
1.
Press the ON button on the remote
control to switch the system on.
2. Press the OFF button on the remote
control to switch the system off.
Note: The default setting is on.
Fuel Operated Heater (Aux Heater
Mode)
Note: When the system is operating,
exhaust fumes will come from under your
vehicle. This is normal.
WARNING
Do not use the fuel operated parking
heater at fuel filling stations or near
sources of combustible vapors, dust
or in enclosed spaces. This could result in
serious personal injury or death.
Note: On vehicles with manual climate
control, heating the vehicle interior will
depend on the heater control settings. See
Climate Control (page 72).
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
Displays (page 59).
To switch the auxiliary heater on and off, scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
Convenience
Press the OK button.
Aux heater
Press the OK button. An X appears in the box when the
system is switched on.
80
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Seats
•
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNINGS
Do not recline the seat backrest too
far as this can cause the occupant
to slide under the safety belt,
resulting in serious injury in the event of a
crash.
•
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seat backrest reclined too
far, can result in serious injury or
death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat backrest, with
your feet on the floor.
•
•
•
Do not place objects higher than the
seat backrest to reduce the risk of
serious injury in the event of a crash
or during heavy braking.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 inches
(25 centimeters) between your
breastbone and the airbag cover.
Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
Position the shoulder strap of the
safety belt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNING
Fully adjust the head restraint before
you sit in or operate your vehicle. This
will help minimize the risk of neck
injury in the event of a collision. Do not
adjust the head restraint when your vehicle
is moving.
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, safety belt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat backrest more
than 30 degrees.
81
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Seats
WARNINGS
Rock the seat backward and forward
after releasing the lever to make sure
that it is fully latched.
The driver's seat has removable stop
bolts on the track to enable access
to the vehicle battery. See
Changing the 12V Battery (page 158).
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
Adjusting the Head Restraint
WARNING
Raise the rear head restraint when
the rear seat is occupied by a
passenger or a child restraint.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top
of it is level with the top of your head.
Removing the Head Restraint
Press the locking buttons and remove the
head restraint.
Adjusting the Lumbar Support
MANUAL SEATS
WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver's seat or
seatback when your vehicle is
moving.
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seatback before returning
it to the original position. Pull on the
seatback to make sure that it has fully
latched after returning the seatback to its
original position. An unlatched seat may
become dangerous if you stop suddenly or
have a collision.
82
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Seats
Adjusting the Height of the
Driver’s Seat
Recline Adjustment
Adjusting the Armrest
Seat Cushion Adjustment
POWER SEATS
WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver seat when
your vehicle is moving.
83
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Seats
WARNINGS
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seat backrest before
returning it to the original position.
WARNINGS
The driver seat has removable stop
bolts on the track to enable access
to the vehicle battery. See
Changing the 12V Battery (page 158).
84
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Seats
Power Lumbar
Double Cab
REAR SEATS
The under seat storage guard may be set
to two different positions. Lift up the guard
and pull out to remove.
WARNINGS
Do not use the bench seats as a bed
when your vehicle is moving. Failure
to follow this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
Recline Adjustment
Make sure that the seats and the
seat backrests are secure and fully
locked in their catches.
Do not sit behind a seat that is folded
forward. This can increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
Make sure that the floor catches are
free from obstructions when locking
the seat legs into them.
With the seat occupied, lift the recline lever
or pull the strap to recline the seat
backrest.
85
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Seats
Folding the Seat Backrest
Note: Rear row occupants can sit next to a
seat that is in the folded position.
WARNING
Note: Raise the arm rests before folding
the seat backrest.
When folding the seat backrest
down, take care not to get your
fingers caught in the mechanism.
Unfolding the Seat Backrest
WARNING
When unfolding the seat backrests,
make sure that the safety belts are
not trapped behind the seat.
Lift the recline lever or pull the strap to
unfold the seat backrest to the upright
position.
Folding the Seat Forward
WARNING
Do not place loads on the seat
backrests when they are in the folded
position.
1.
Pull the lower release straps and hold
them there.
2. Lift the seat and fold forward.
1. Lift the recline lever or pull the strap.
2. Fold the seat backrest forward.
86
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Seats
Removing the Seats
Unfolding the Seat
1. Pull the straps and hold them there.
2. Unfold the seat and lock it securely into
the floor catches.
WARNING
Seats can weigh up to 132 lb (60 kg).
Do not attempt to lift or carry any
seat on your own.
1.
Fold the seat forward. See Folding the
Seat Forward.
2. Pull the release handle up and hold it
there.
3. Lift the seat backward until the front
of the seat frame clears the floor
catches.
4. Remove the seat.
Note: Store the seat in a dry and secure
place.
3. Lift the recline lever or pull the strap to
unfold the seat backrest to the upright
position.
Installing the Seats
WARNINGS
Make sure the latch indicators are
not protruding after locking the seat
legs into the floor catches.
Make sure that the legs are securely
locked into the floor catches. The red
markings on the legs should not be
visible when the seat is correctly latched.
87
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Seats
Installing Third Row Seats to the
Second Row
1.
Align the front legs and floor catches
correctly.
2. Drop the front seat legs gently from a
vertical position into the floor catches.
3. Make sure the rear catches are aligned.
4. Allow the seat to drop under its own
weight for the last 6-8 in (15-20 cm).
You can fold the second row seats and
move the third row seats forward to create
extra load space.
1.
Fold the second row seats that are in
front of those being moved from the
third row.
2. Remove the third row seats that you
want to move forward. See Removing
the Seats.
The seats have latch indicators at the
bottom of each seat leg. Check the latch
indicators after installing the seats.
3. Latch the front legs of the third row
seats to the rear floor catches of the
second row. See Installing the Seats.
Make sure that the red latch indicators on
the bottom of the seat legs are not visible
above floor level.
88
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Seats
Accessing the Third Row Seats
Option One
1.
2. Lift the lever up to release the rear
catches.
Lift the lever up to release the rear
catches and tilt the seat forward.
Push the lever down to unlock and return
the seat to the original position.
Make sure that the red markings on the
bottom of the seat legs are not visible
above floor level. See Installing the
Seats.
Option Two
1.
Fold the seat backrest forward. See
Folding the Seat Backrest.
3. Tilt the seat forward.
Push the lever down to unlock and return
the seat to the original position.
Make sure that the red markings on the
bottom of the seat legs are not visible
above floor level. See Installing the
Seats.
89
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Seats
HEATED SEATS
WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain
to their skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal
cord injury, medication, alcohol use,
exhaustion or other physical conditions,
must exercise care when using the heated
seat. The heated seat may cause burns
even at low temperatures, especially if
used for long periods of time. Do not place
anything on the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This
may cause the heated seat to overheat.
Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles
or other pointed objects. This may damage
the heating element which may cause the
heated seat to overheat. An overheated
seat may cause serious personal injury.
Note: Only the outboard seat on a dual
passenger seat is heated.
The maximum temperature is reached
after five or six minutes. It is regulated
thermostatically.
The heated seat will remain on until you
switch it off. If the heated seat is on when
you switch the ignition off, it will be on
when you switch the ignition back on.
Do not do the following:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow
the seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. This prevents the
vehicle battery from running out of
charge.
90
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
Locations
WARNINGS
If used when the engine is not
running, the battery will lose charge.
There may be insufficient power to
restart the engine.
Do not plug optional electrical
accessories into the cigar lighter
socket. Incorrect use of the lighter
can cause damage not covered by your
warranty, and can result in fire or serious
injury.
Note: Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
will damage the outlet and blow the fuse.
Note: Do not hang any type of accessory or
accessory bracket from the plug.
Power points may be found:
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 10 amp or a
fuse may blow.
•
•
•
Note: Do not use the power point for
operating a cigar lighter element.
AC Power Point (If Equipped)
Note: Incorrect use of the power point can
cause damage not covered by your
warranty.
WARNING
Do not keep electrical devices
plugged in the power point whenever
the device is not in use. Do not use
any extension cord with the AC power
point, since it will defeat the safety
protection design provided by the cap and
twist tab. Doing so my cause the power
point to overload due to powering multiple
devices that can reach beyond the 150
watt load limit and could result in fire or
serious injury.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Note: The power point will turn off after 30
minutes if the ignition is on without the
engine running. Keep the engine running or
cycle the ignition to keep the power point
on.
Run the engine for full capacity use of the
power point. To prevent the battery from
losing charge:
•
•
on the instrument panel
inside the center console storage bin
on the D-pillar or rear trim.
Note: The power point will turn off after 30
minutes if the ignition is on without the
engine running. Keep the engine running or
cycle the ignition to keep the power point
on.
Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the engine is not
running.
Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when your vehicle is
parked for extended periods.
91
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
•
•
Measuring devices, which process
precise data, such as medical
equipment, measuring equipment, etc.
Other appliances requiring an
extremely stable power supply:
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.
CIGAR LIGHTER
The power point is used for powering
electrical devices that require up to 150
watts. It is located under the parking brake
lever.
When the green indicator light, located on
the power point, is:
• on — power point is ready to supply
power.
• off — power point power supply is off;
ignition is not on.
• blinking — power point is in fault mode.
Press the element in to use the cigar
lighter. It will pop out automatically.
The power point temporarily turns off
power if the 150 watt limit is exceeded. It
can also switch to a fault mode when it is
overloaded, overheated, or shorted. Unplug
your device and switch the ignition off then
on for overloading and shorting conditions.
Let the system cool off, then switch the
ignition off then on for an overheating
condition.
Note: Do not press and hold the cigar lighter
element.
The power point is not designed for electric
devices such as:
• Cathode ray tube type televisions
• Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
electric saws and other electric power
tools, compressor-driven refrigerators,
etc.
92
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Storage Compartments
CUP HOLDERS
ASHTRAY
WARNINGS
Do not place hot drinks in the cup
holders when your vehicle is moving.
Make sure that cups placed in the
holders do not obstruct your vision
while driving.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Overhead Storage Compartment
Vehicles with Medium Roof
WARNING
Do not place heavy objects in the
storage compartment. The
maximum permitted load is 44
pounds (20 kilograms). Heavy objects may
become projectiles in a crash or sudden
stop, which may increase the risk of serious
injury.
FOLDING TRAY
WARNING
Do not place hot drinks in the cup
holders when your vehicle is moving.
BOTTLE HOLDER
WARNING
Do not place glass objects in the
bottle holder.
93
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Storage Compartments
UNDER SEAT STORAGE
Front Passenger Seat
GLASSES HOLDER
1.
Lift the front of the passenger seat
cushion.
2. Pull the seat cushion forward.
3. Tilt the seat cushion forward.
Note: If your vehicle has rear air
conditioning, it may not have under seat
storage below the outer seat.
Second Row Seats (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
You must lower the seat cushion
before driving your vehicle.
94
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Storage Compartments
WARNINGS
To avoid injury, take care when
folding the seat cushion down.
1.
Lift the front of the seat cushion to the
vertical position.
2. Locate the raised seat base position
securing strap.
3. Attach the raised seat base position
securing strap to the head restraint.
Note: When the securing strap is detached
from the head restraint, it will recoil back
into the seat cushion.
95
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
IGNITION SWITCH
WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine
speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or
other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
Note: Make sure the key is clean before
inserting it into any lock cylinder.
Do not start the engine in a closed
garage or in other enclosed areas.
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine.
0(off) - The ignition is off.
If you smell exhaust fumes inside
your vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer
immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if
you smell exhaust fumes.
I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
accessories such as the radio to operate
while the engine is not running.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and
leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in
the ignition. This could cause your vehicle
battery to lose charge.
Note: Do not leave the ignition key in
position I or II (without the engine running)
for too long to avoid vehicle battery losing
charge.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 miles
(8 kilometers) after you reconnect it. This
is because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You can
disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
II (on) - All electrical circuits operational.
Warning lamps and indicators are
illuminated.
III (start) - cranks the engine. Release the
key as soon as the engine starts.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
STEERING WHEEL LOCK
WARNING
Always check that the steering is
unlocked before attempting to move
your vehicle.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.
96
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
To lock the steering wheel:
1. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
2. Rotate the steering wheel slightly to
engage the lock.
2. Turn the key to position III until the
engine has started.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
The filter forms part of the emissions
reduction system on your vehicle. It filters
harmful diesel particulates (soot) from the
exhaust gas.
To unlock the steering wheel:
1. Insert the key in the ignition switch.
2. Turn the key to position I.
Note: You may need to rotate the steering
wheel slightly to assist unlocking if there is
a steering wheel load applied.
Regeneration
WARNING
Do not park or idle your vehicle over
dry leaves, dry grass or other
combustible materials. The
regeneration process creates very high
exhaust gas temperatures and the exhaust
will radiate a considerable amount of heat
during and after regeneration and after you
have switched the engine off. This is a
potential fire hazard.
STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE
Cold or Hot Engine
Note: When the temperature is below 5°F
(-15°C), you may need to crank the engine
for up to 10 seconds.
Note: You can only operate the starter for
a limited period of time.
Note: Avoid running out of fuel.
Note: After a limited number of attempts
to start your engine, the system will not
allow you to try again until a period of time
has elapsed, for example 30 minutes.
Note: During regeneration at low speed or
engine idle, you may smell a hot metallic
odor and could notice a clicking metallic
sound. This is due to the high temperatures
reached during regeneration and is normal.
Switch the ignition on and wait
until the glow plug indicator goes
off.
Note: Changes in the engine or exhaust
sound may be heard during the regeneration
process.
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: Releasing the clutch pedal while the
engine is starting will stop the engine
cranking and return to ignition on.
1.
Note: After you have switched your engine
off the fans may continue to run for a short
period of time.
Fully depress the clutch pedal.
The diesel particulate filter on your vehicle
requires periodic regeneration to maintain
its correct function. Your vehicle will carry
out this process automatically.
2. Start the engine.
Failure to Start
If the engine does not crank when the
clutch pedal has been fully depressed and
the ignition key is turned to position III.
1.
Fully depress the clutch and brake
pedals.
97
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
If your journeys meet one of the following
conditions:
• You drive only short distances.
• You frequently switch the ignition on
and off.
• Your journeys contain a high level of
acceleration and deceleration.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER
WARNINGS
Failure to follow engine block heater
instructions could result in property
damage or serious personal injury.
Do not use your heater with
ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk
of electrical shock.
You must carry out occasional trips with
the following conditions to assist the
regeneration process:
• Drive your vehicle in more favorable
conditions, which you will find at higher
vehicle speeds in normal driving, on a
main road or freeway for a minimum
of 20 minutes. This drive may include
short stops that will not affect the
regeneration process.
• Avoid prolonged idling and always
observe speed limits and road
conditions.
• Do not switch the ignition off.
• Select a suitable gear to ideally
maintain engine speed between 1500
and 3000 RPM.
Note: The heater is most effective when
outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).
The heater acts as a starting aid by
warming the engine coolant. This allows
the climate control system to respond
quickly. The equipment includes a heater
element (installed in the engine block) and
a wire harness. You can connect the
system to a grounded 220-240 volt AC
electrical source.
We recommend that you do the following
for a safe and correct operation:
• Use an extension cord suitable for use
outdoors and in cold temperatures. It
should be clearly marked that it is
suitable for use with outdoor
appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could cause an electric
shock or fire.
• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a
clean area, clear of combustibles.
• Make sure the heater, heater cord and
extension cord are firmly connected.
SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE
Vehicles With a Turbocharger
WARNING
Do not switch the engine off when it
is running at high speed. If you do, the
turbocharger will continue running
after the engine oil pressure has dropped
to zero. This will lead to premature
turbocharger bearing wear.
Release the accelerator pedal. Wait until
the engine has reached idle speed and then
switch it off.
98
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
•
•
•
Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup once the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.
Make sure the system is unplugged and
properly stowed before starting and
driving your vehicle. Make sure the
protective cover seals the prongs of the
block heater cord plug when not in use.
Make sure the heater system is
checked for proper operation before
winter.
Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are
clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with
a dry cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
of energy per hour of use. The system does
not have a thermostat. It achieves
maximum temperature after
approximately three hours of operation.
Using the heater longer than three hours
does not improve system performance and
unnecessarily uses electricity.
99
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Note: The Auto-Start-Stop indicator will
illuminate green when the engine shuts
down. See Warning Lamps and Indicators
(page 55).
AUTO-START-STOP
WARNINGS
The engine may restart
automatically if required by the
system. It will only automatically
restart when one of the pedals is pressed.
If no pedal is pressed, the Start-Stop
indicator will flash and a message will be
shown in the display.
To Restart the Engine
Press the clutch pedal.
Note: The transmission must be in neutral.
Limitations of use:
Switch the ignition off before
opening the hood or carrying out any
maintenance.
The system may not shut down the engine
under certain conditions, for example:
• Engine is warming up.
• Low battery charge.
• The outside temperature is too low or
too high.
• The driver door has been opened.
• The driver seatbelt is undone.
• The heated windshield is switched on.
• During regeneration of the Diesel
Particulate Filter.
Always switch the ignition off before
leaving your vehicle, as the system
may have shut down the engine but
the ignition will still be live.
The system helps reduce fuel consumption
and CO2 emissions by shutting down the
engine when your vehicle is idling, for
example at traffic lights.
To obtain maximum benefit from the
system, move the transmission selector
lever to neutral and release the clutch
pedal during any stop of longer than three
seconds.
The system may also request an engine
restart under certain conditions, for
example:
• Low battery charge.
• The heated windshield is switched on.
• Your vehicle has started rolling
downhill.
On variants equipped with ECO Mode,
start-stop is combined with a speed limiter
which limits vehicle top speed to 68 mph
(110 km/h) See Eco Mode (page 125). See
Speed Limiter (page 121).
Stall Recovery
Start-stop also comes with stall recovery.
If you fully depress the clutch pedal after
stalling the engine it will automatically
restart the engine for you.
Using Start-Stop
To Stop the Engine
1. Stop your vehicle.
2. Move the transmission selector lever
to neutral.
3. Release the clutch pedal.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
100
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Switching the System Off and On
The system automatically turns on every
time you switch the ignition on. To switch
the system off, press the switch in the
instrument panel (the word OFF will
illuminate). The system will only be turned
off for the current ignition cycle. To turn it
on, press the switch again. For vehicles
equipped with ECO Mode the switch also
turns off the speed limiter. For item
location: See At a Glance (page 10).
Note: If the system detects a malfunction,
it will switch off. The OFF lamp on the
switch will illuminate continuously. If this
remains on after an ignition cycle, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
Service
Note: The system may not function if the
vehicle battery is replaced with one of a
different specification to that originally
fitted.
Note: The system may not function if you
leave extra electrical loads connected when
the ignition is turned off as these will drain
the battery.
101
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
•
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler door (Easy Fuel
capless fuel system), do not refuel until
the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray
out, which could cause serious personal
injury.
•
Automotive fuels can cause serious
injury or death if misused or
mishandled.
•
Flow of fuel through a fuel pump
nozzle can produce static electricity.
This can cause a fire if you are filling
an ungrounded fuel container.
•
Fuel ethanol and gasoline may
contain benzene, which is a
cancer-causing agent.
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the filler neck.
Never smoke or use a cell phone while
refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
•
Observe the following guidelines when
handling automotive fuel:
•
•
Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
Always turn off the vehicle before
refueling.
Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as
gasoline is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed,
call a physician immediately, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
visible for hours.
Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too
much fuel vapor of any kind can lead
to eye and respiratory tract irritation.
In severe cases, excessive or prolonged
breathing of fuel vapor can cause
serious illness and permanent injury.
Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If
fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove
contact lenses (if worn), flush with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Failure to seek proper
medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If fuel is splashed on
the skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes
skin irritation.
Be particularly careful if you are taking
“Antabuse” or other forms of disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing gasoline vapors, or skin
contact could cause an adverse
reaction. In sensitive individuals, serious
personal injury or sickness may result.
If fuel is splashed on the skin, promptly
wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Consult a physician immediately
if you experience an adverse reaction.
102
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
• Add a minimum of 1.1 gal (5 L) of fuel
to restart the engine. If your vehicle is
out of fuel and on a steep slope, more
fuel may be required.
• You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after
refueling to allow the fuel system to
pump the fuel from the tank to the
engine. When restarting, cranking time
takes a few seconds longer than
normal.
FUEL QUALITY
WARNINGS
Do not mix diesel with oil, gasoline
or other liquids. This could cause a
chemical reaction.
Do not add kerosene, paraffin or
gasoline to diesel. This could cause
damage to the fuel system.
Use diesel that meets the
specification defined by EN 590 or
the relevant national specification.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Note: We recommend that you use only
high quality fuel.
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up when filling
an ungrounded fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives or other engine
treatments for normal vehicle use.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives to prevent fuel waxing.
Long-Term Storage
Most diesel fuels contain biodiesel. We
recommend that you fill the fuel tank with
fuel that does not contain biodiesel if you
intend to store your vehicle for more than
two months. Alternatively, we recommend
that you seek advice from your dealer.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL
LOCATION
WARNINGS
Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel
container or an aftermarket funnel
into the fuel system filler neck. This
may damage the fuel system filler neck or
its seal and cause fuel to run onto the
ground.
The fuel filler funnel is located in the under
seat storage compartment.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Do not try to pry open or push open
the capless fuel system with foreign
objects. This could damage the fuel
system and its seal and cause injury to you
or others.
Running out of fuel can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
103
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
WARNINGS
Do not dispose of fuel in the
household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
6. Clean the plastic funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or properly dispose
of it.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, use the plastic funnel
included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
Funnel Location (page 103).
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNING
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
they will not work with the capless fuel
system and can damage it.
Do not park or idle your vehicle over
dry leaves, dry grass or other
combustible materials. The exhaust
will radiate a considerable amount of heat
during use, and after you have switched
the engine off. This is a potential fire
hazard.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, do the following:
1.
Fully open the fuel tank filler door until
it engages and remove the fuel tank
filler cap.
Note: Capless fuel systems do not have a
fuel tank filler cap.
Driving with a Catalytic Converter
WARNINGS
Avoid running out of fuel.
2. Fully insert the plastic funnel into the
fuel tank filler pipe opening.
Do not crank the engine for long
periods.
Do not run the engine when a spark
plug lead is disconnected.
Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See
Jump Starting the Vehicle (page
138).
Do not switch the ignition off when
driving.
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the plastic funnel from the
fuel tank filler pipe opening.
5. Replace the fuel tank filler cap and
close the fuel tank filler door.
104
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
REFUELING
WARNINGS
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the filler neck.
Never smoke or use a cell phone while
refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
Wait at least 10 seconds before
removing the fuel pump nozzle from
the filler neck to allow any residual
fuel to drain into the fuel tank.
Stop refueling after the fuel pump
nozzle automatically shuts off for the
second time. Additional fuel will fill
the expansion space in the fuel tank which
could lead to fuel overflowing.
Note: Capless fuel systems do not have a
fuel filler cap.
Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle
from its fully inserted position in the
filler neck during the entire refueling
process.
Note: Your vehicle must be unlocked, with
the door open before opening and closing
the fuel filler door.
1.
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
Open the fuel filler door fully until it
engages and remove the fuel filler cap.
Do not attempt to start the engine if you
have refueled the fuel tank with the
incorrect fuel. This can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty. Have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
If you use a high pressure spray to wash
your vehicle, only spray the fuel filler door
briefly from a distance not less than 8 in
(200 mm).
105
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Note: When you insert the correct size fuel
pump nozzle into a capless fuel system, a
spring loaded inhibitor will open. This helps
to avoid refueling with the incorrect fuel.
4. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.
2. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the
first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it
resting on the cover of the fuel pipe
opening.
5. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and
remove it slowly.
6. Replace the fuel filler cap and close
the fuel filler door.
Note: Capless fuel systems do not have a
fuel filler cap.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
3. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B during refueling. Holding the fuel
pump nozzle in position A may affect
the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel
pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.
We derive CO2 and fuel consumption
figures in laboratory tests according to
Regulation (EC) 715/2007 or CR (EC)
692/2008 and subsequent amendments.
They are intended as a comparison
between makes and models of vehicles.
They are not intended to represent the real
world fuel consumption you may get from
your vehicle.
Real world fuel consumption is governed
by many factors, for example driving style,
high speed driving, stop-start driving, air
conditioning usage, the accessories fitted,
payload and towing.
The advertised capacity is the indicated
capacity and the empty reserve combined.
Indicated capacity is the difference in the
amount of fuel in the fuel tank and when
the fuel gauge indicates empty. Empty
reserve is the amount of fuel in the fuel
tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty.
106
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range. When refueling
your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates
empty, you might not be able to refuel the
full amount of the advertised capacity due
to the empty reserve still present in the fuel
tank.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Filling the Fuel Tank
5.
For consistent results when refueling:
•
•
Switch the ignition off.
Allow no more than two automatic
shut-offs when refueling.
Fill the fuel tank completely and record
the initial odometer reading.
Each time you fill the fuel tank, record
the amount of fuel added.
After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel
tank and record the current odometer
reading.
Subtract your initial odometer reading
from the current odometer reading.
Calculate fuel economy by dividing
miles traveled by gallons used (For
Metric: Multiply liters used by 100, then
divide by kilometers traveled).
Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving (city or freeway).
This provides an accurate estimate of your
vehicle’s fuel economy under current
driving conditions. Additionally, keeping
records during summer and winter show
how temperature impacts fuel economy.
In general, your vehicle will use more fuel
in cold temperatures.
Results are most accurate when the
refueling method is consistent.
Calculating Fuel Economy
Do not measure fuel economy during the
first 1,000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is
the engine break-in period). A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
2,500 mi (4,000 km). Also, fuel expense,
frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings
are not accurate ways to measure fuel
economy.
107
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Fuel Consumption Figures
Urban
Extra-Urban
Combined
CO2 Emissions
l/100 km
(mpg)
l/100 km
(mpg)
l/100 km
(mpg)
g/km
2.2L Duratorq-TDCi
(74kW/100PS) with StartStop
7.6 (37.2) 7.1 (39.8)
6.2 (45.6) - 6
(47.1)
6.7 (42.2) 6.4 (44.1)
168 - 177
2.2L Duratorq-TDCi
(92kW/125PS) and
(114kW/155PS) with StartStop
8.4 (33.6) 7.1 (39.8)
6.2 (45.6) 5.8 (48.7)
7 (40.4) - 6.4
(44.1)
168 - 183
Variant
2.2L Duratorq-TDCi
(74kW/100PS) without
Start-Stop
8.2 (34.4) - 8 6.2 (45.6) - 6
(35.3)
(47.1)
6.9 (40.9) 6.7 (42.2)
176 - 185
2.2L Duratorq-TDCi
(92kW/125PS) and
(114kW/155PS) without
Start-Stop
8.8 (32.1) - 8 6.4 (44.1) - 6
(35.3)
(47.1)
7.3 (38.7) 6.7 (42.2)
176 - 191
108
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Transmission
When the system is active, your vehicle will
remain stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows you time to move your
foot from the brake to the accelerator
pedal. The brakes are released
automatically once the engine has
developed sufficient drive to prevent your
vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
is an advantage when pulling away on a
slope, (for example from a car park ramp,
traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
a parking space).
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Selecting Reverse Gear
Do not engage reverse gear when your
vehicle is moving. This can cause damage
to the transmission.
The system will turn on automatically on
any slope which can result in significant
vehicle rollback. The system will not
operate if the parking brake is on.
Using Hill Start Assist
Raise the collar when you select reverse
gear.
1.
Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system will turn on
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
approximately two or three seconds.
This hold time will automatically be
extended if you are in the process of
driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes will be released automatically.
HILL START ASSIST
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
parking brake. When you leave your
vehicle, always apply the parking
brake.
You must remain in your vehicle once
you have turned the system on.
During all times, you are responsible
for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and
intervening, if required.
Switching the System On and Off
If the engine is revved excessively or
if a malfunction is detected, the
system will turn off.
Note: The system does not automatically
turn on every time you switch the ignition
on.
Your vehicle comes with this feature
already enabled. If required, you can switch
this feature off using the information
display. See General Information (page
59).
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
109
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Brakes
Brake Over Accelerator
GENERAL INFORMATION
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Shift the transmission to park (P)
(automatic transmission) or to a low gear
(manual transmission), switch the engine
off and apply the parking brake. Inspect
the accelerator pedal and the area around
it for any items or debris that may be
obstructing its movement. If none are
found and the condition persists, have your
vehicle towed to the dealer for service.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Brake Assist
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out. If your
vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder
in the steering wheel while braking, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
Brake assist detects when you brake
heavily by measuring the rate at which you
press the brake pedal. It provides
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
press the pedal. Brake assist can reduce
stopping distances in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear. See Cleaning the Alloy
Wheels (page 172).
This system helps you maintain steering
control and vehicle stability during
emergency stops by keeping the brakes
from locking.
Note: Depending on applicable laws and
regulations in the country for which your
vehicle was originally built, the brake lamps
may flash during heavy braking. Following
this the hazard warning flashers may also
flash when your vehicle comes to a stop.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
Note: When the system is operating, the
brake pedal will pulse and may travel
further. Maintain pressure on the brake
pedal. You may also hear a noise from the
system. This is normal.
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.
The anti-lock braking system will not
eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
110
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Brakes
•
•
You take corners too fast.
The road surface is poor.
PARKING BRAKE
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing uphill turn the steering wheel away
from the curb.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing downhill turn the steering wheel
toward the curb.
Note: Do not press the release button while
pulling the lever up.
To apply the parking brake:
1. Press the foot brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its
fullest extent.
To release the parking brake:
1. Press the brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the lever up slightly.
3. Press the release button and push the
lever down.
111
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
Traction control forms part of the stability
control system.
Note: The system automatically turns on
every time you switch the ignition on.
In certain situations (e.g. stuck in snow or
mud), turning the system off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin
with full engine power.
You can switch the system off and on using
the information display. See General
Information (page 59).
112
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Stability Control Warning Lamp
Electronic Stability Program
While driving, it flashes when the system
is operating. See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 55).
WARNING
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention. Failure to do so
could result in loss of vehicle control,
personal injury or death.
USING STABILITY CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
Switching the System Off and On
Using the Information Display
Controls
Your vehicle comes with this feature
already enabled. If required, you can switch
this feature off using the information
display. See General Information (page
59).
Stability control will remain on even when
you have switched the traction control off.
Switching the System Off Using a
Switch (If Equipped)
The switch is located in the instrument
panel.
A
Without ESC
B
With ESC
Press the switch. You will see a message
in conjunction with an illuminated icon in
the display. Press the switch again to
return the system to normal mode.
Stability control will remain on even when
you have switched the traction control off.
The system supports stability when your
vehicle starts to slide away from your
intended path. The system performs this
by braking individual wheels and reducing
engine torque as required.
The system also provides an enhanced
traction control function by reducing
engine torque if the wheels spin when you
accelerate. This improves your ability to
pull away on slippery roads or loose
surfaces, and improves comfort by limiting
wheel spin in hairpin bends.
113
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Parking Aids
Note: The outer sensors may detect the
side walls of a garage. If the distance
between the outer sensors and the side wall
remains constant for three seconds, the
alert will turn off. As you continue the inner
sensors will detect objects directly behind
your vehicle.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
If your vehicles has a non-Ford
approved trailer tow module the
system may not correctly detect
objects.
PARKING AID
The sensors may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic
waves.
WARNINGS
The parking aid system can only
assist you to detect objects when
your vehicle is moving at parking
speeds. To help avoid personal injury you
must take care when using the parking aid
system.
The system does not detect objects
that are moving away from your
vehicle. They will only be detected
shortly after they start to move toward
your vehicle.
Traffic control systems, inclement
weather, air brakes, external motors
and fans may affect the correct
operation of the sensing system.This may
cause reduced performance or false alerts.
Take particular care when reversing
with a tow ball arm or a rear fitted
accessory. For example, a bicycle
carrier. The rear parking aid will only
indicate the approximate distance from
the rear bumper to an object.
The system may not detect small or
moving objects, particularly those
close to the ground.
The sensors may not detect objects
in heavy rain or other conditions that
cause disruptive reflections.
The system warns you of objects that are
within the detection zone of the bumper
areas. When you switch the ignition on,
the system automatically turns on. The
system becomes active when you shift into
reverse (R) and the speed of your vehicle
is 10 mph (16 km/h) or less.
If you use a high pressure spray to
wash your vehicle, only spray the
sensors briefly from a distance not
less than eight inches (20 centimeters).
Note: If your vehicle has a tow ball arm, the
system is turned off automatically when
trailer lamps (or lighting boards) are
connected to the 13-pin socket through a
Ford approved trailer tow module.
Note: Keep the sensors free from dirt, ice
or snow. Do not clean with sharp objects.
Note: The system may emit false alerts if
it detects a signal using the same frequency
as the sensors or if your vehicle is fully
loaded.
114
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Parking Aids
•
•
•
A
B
Front detection zone: Up to 31 in
(80 cm) directly in front of the
front bumper, and approximately
6-14 in (15-35 cm) to the side of
the front bumper.
The system reports the object that is
closest to the front or rear of your
vehicle. For example, if an object is
24 in (60 cm) from the front of your
vehicle and at the same time, an object
is only 16 in (40 cm) from the rear of
your vehicle, a lower-pitched tone
sounds from the rear speakers.
An alternating tone sounds from the
front and rear speakers if there are
objects that are closer than 10 in
(25 cm) from the front and rear of your
vehicle.
An alert will only sound for three
seconds if an object is further than 10 in
(25 cm) from the side of your vehicle.
Note: The rate of the tone increases as your
vehicle moves closer to an object.
When the parking aid system sounds a
tone, the audio system may reduce the set
volume. When the warning ends, the audio
system returns to the previously set
volume.
Rear detection zone: Up to 72 in
(183 cm) from the rear bumper.
Note: Accessories that block the detection
zone of the system may create false alerts.
Note: Volume reduction is not a standard
feature of all audio systems.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
The system detects objects when you shift
into reverse (R) and:
• Your vehicle is moving toward a
stationary object at a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h) or less.
• Your vehicle is stationary but an object
is approaching your vehicle at a speed
of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
• Your vehicle is moving at a speed of
3 mph (5 km/h) or less, and an object
is approaching your vehicle at a speed
of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
leaving the sensors misaligned, this will
cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts.
A tone will sound in the following manner
when objects are near the front or rear
bumpers:
• Objects detected by the front sensors
produce a high-pitched tone from the
front speakers.
• Objects detected by the rear sensors
produce a low-pitched tone from the
rear speakers.
115
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Parking Aids
Switching the Parking Aid System
Off
Cargo Door
Press the button to switch the system off.
The system remains off until you switch
the ignition off.
Liftgate
REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNINGS
The operation of the camera may
vary depending on the ambient
temperature, vehicle and road
conditions.
The distances shown in the display
may differ from the actual distance.
Do not place objects in front of the
camera.
The camera is located on the cargo door
or liftgate.
Switching the Rear View Camera
On
WARNING
The camera may not detect objects
that are close to your vehicle.
Switch the ignition on and move the
transmission selector lever to reverse. The
image is displayed in the interior rear view
mirror.
116
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Parking Aids
The camera may not operate correctly in
the following conditions:
• Dark areas.
• Intense light.
• If the ambient temperature increases
or decreases rapidly.
• If the camera is wet, for example in rain
or high humidity.
• If the camera's view is obstructed, for
example by mud.
Using the Display
WARNINGS
Obstacles above the camera position
will not be shown. Inspect the area
behind your vehicle if necessary.
Marks are for general guidance only,
and are calculated for vehicles in
minimum load conditions on an even
road surface.
The lines show a projected vehicle path
(based on the current steering wheel
angle) and the distance from the exterior
mirrors and rear bumper.
A
Red - up to 12 inches (0.3 meter)
B
Amber - 12 - 24 inches (0.3 - 0.6
meter)
117
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Parking Aids
C
Green - 24 - 35 inches (0.6 - 0.9
meter)
D
Black - center line of the
projected vehicle path
Note: The green line is extended from 35
inches (0.9 meter) up to a distance of 126
inches (3.2 meters).
Note: When reversing with a trailer, the lines
on the screen are not shown. The camera
will show your vehicle direction and not the
trailer.
Switching the Rear View Camera
Off
Note: The system will automatically switch
off once your vehicle speed has reached
approximately 7 mph (12 km/h), or
approximately three seconds after
disengaging reverse gear.
Disengage reverse gear.
Vehicles with Parking Aid
The display will additionally show a
colored distance bar. This guide indicates
the distance from the rear bumper to the
detected obstacle.
These are color coded as follows:
• Green - 24 - 71 inches (0.6 to 1.8
meters).
• Amber - 12 - 24 inches (0.3 to 0.6
meter).
• Red - 12 inches (0.3 meter) or less.
118
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Cruise Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
Cruise control allows you to control your
speed using the switches on the steering
wheel. You can use cruise control when
you exceed approximately 20 mph (30
km/h).
The cruise controls are located on the
steering wheel.
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNINGS
Do not use cruise control in heavy
traffic, on winding roads or when the
road surface is slippery. This could
result in loss of vehicle control, serious
injury or death.
Switching Cruise Control On
When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed may increase above
the set speed. The system will not
apply the brakes. Change down a gear to
assist the system in maintaining the set
speed. Failure to do so could result in loss
of vehicle control, serious injury or death.
Setting a Speed
Press and release ON.
The indicator will display in the
instrument cluster.
1. Accelerate to the desired speed.
2. Press and release SET+.
3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Note: Cruise control will disengage if your
vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below your set speed while
driving uphill.
119
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Cruise Control
Changing the Set Speed
•
•
•
Press and release SET+ or SET-. When
you select kph as the display
measurement in the information
display, the set speed changes in
approximately 2 kph increments. When
you select mph as the display
measurement in the information
display, the set speed changes in
approximately 1 mph increments.
Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed. Press
and release SET+.
Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Canceling the Set Speed
Pull CAN toward you and release, or tap
the brake pedal. The set speed will not be
erased.
Resuming the Set Speed
Pull RES toward you and release.
Switching Cruise Control Off
Note: You will erase the set speed if you
switch the system off.
Press and release OFF or switch the
ignition off.
120
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Driving Aids
Vehicle Speed Limiter - Adjustable
SPEED LIMITER
WARNING
Engine Speed Limiter
When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed may increase above
the set speed. The system will not
apply the brakes but a warning is given.
Engine speed is limited to protect the
engine.
Vehicle Speed Limiter - Fixed
The system prevents you from driving
faster than a programmed speed. See the
label on the driver sun visor for further
information.
The system allows you to set a speed, to
which your vehicle is then limited. The set
speed will become the effective maximum
speed of your vehicle, but with the option
to temporarily exceed this limit if required.
Vehicles with a Diesel Engine
Note: You can exceed the set speed limit
if required. For example, when overtaking.
You can have the maximum speed of your
vehicle limited to a predefined value,
providing it is within legal limits. See an
authorized dealer for further information.
Vehicles with Start-Stop
When start-stop is switched on your
vehicle speed is limited to 70 mph (110
km/h).
Note: If your vehicle has a fixed speed limit
lower than 70 mph (110 km/h), this will
override the switchable speed limiter
associated with start-stop.
The system automatically turns on every
time you switch the ignition on. To turn this
speed limit off, press the ECO switch. The
system will only turn off for the current
ignition cycle. To turn it on, press the switch
again. For item location: See At a Glance
(page 10).
A
Set speed increase
B
Speed limiter on and off
C
Set speed decrease
D
Speed limiter cancel and resume
Switching the System On and Off
Press switch B. The information display
will prompt you to set a speed.
121
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Driving Aids
Setting the Speed Limit
WARNINGS
Take regular rest breaks as required
and do not wait for the system to
warn you if you feel tired.
Press switch A or switch C to select your
desired speed limit. The speed is stored as
a set speed and displayed in the
information display.
Take rest breaks only where it is safe
to do so.
Pull switch D to cancel the limiter and
place it in standby mode. The information
display will confirm the system is off.
Certain driving styles and behavior
may result in the system issuing a
warning even if you are not feeling
Pull switch D again to resume the limiter.
The information display will confirm the
system is on.
tired.
In cold and severe weather
conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow, spray and large
contrasts in lighting can all influence the
sensor.
Intentionally Exceeding the Set Speed
Limit
Depress the accelerator fully to temporarily
turn the system off. The system will turn
on once your vehicle speed drops below
the set speed.
The system will not operate if the
sensor cannot track the road lane
markings.
System Warnings
The system may not operate in areas
during roadwork construction.
If you accidently exceed the set speed, it
will flash in the information display and
you will hear and audible tone.
The system may not operate on
roads with sharp bends or narrow
lanes.
If you exceed the set limit intentionally, the
information display will show the set speed
and it will flash.
Do not carry out windshield repairs
in the immediate area surrounding
the sensor.
DRIVER ALERT
If your vehicle has a suspension kit
not approved by us, the system may
not function correctly.
Principle of Operation
WARNINGS
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
Note: Keep the windshield free from
obstructions such as bird droppings, insects
and snow or ice.
Note: The system assists you when driving
on fast main roads and freeways.
At all times you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising
the system and intervening if
required.
Note: The system calculates an alertness
level at vehicle speeds above approximately
40 mph (65 km/h).
If the sensor becomes blocked the
system may not function.
The system automatically monitors your
driving behavior.
122
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Driving Aids
The system is designed to alert you if it
detects that you are becoming drowsy or
if your driving deteriorates.
Using Driver Alert
Switching the System On and Off
Note: The system will remain on or off
depending on how it was last set.
Alertness level is fine, no rest required.
Switch the system on using the information
display. See Information Displays (page
59).
The system will calculate your alertness
level based upon your driving behavior in
relation to the lane markings and other
factors.
Alertness level is critical, indicating that
you should take a rest as soon as it is safe
to do so.
System Warnings
Note: The system will not issue warnings
below approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).
The status bar will travel from left to right
as the calculated alertness level
decreases. As the rest icon is approached
the color turns from green to yellow and
then finally red when a rest break must be
taken.
The warning system has two stages:
1. A temporary warning is issued to advise
you to take a rest. This message only
appears for a short time.
2. If you do not rest and the system
continues to detect that your driving
deteriorates, it will issue a further
warning. This will remain in the
information display until you cancel it.
See Information Messages (page
66).
•
•
•
Green: No rest required.
Yellow: First (temporary) warning.
Red: Second warning.
Your alertness level will be shown in grey
if:
• the camera sensor cannot track the
road lane markings
• your vehicle speed drops below
approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).
Press OK on the steering wheel control to
remove the warning.
System Display
When active the system will run
automatically in the background and only
issue warnings if required. You can view
the status at any time using the
information display. See General
Information (page 59).
Resetting the System
You can reset the system by:
• switching the ignition off and on
• stopping your vehicle and then opening
and closing the driver's door.
The alertness level is shown by six steps
as a colored bar.
123
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Driving Aids
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
Note: The system may assist you when
driving on fast main roads and freeways.
Lane Keeping Alert
Note: The system may not operate during
hard braking or acceleration and when you
are intentionally steering your vehicle.
Principle of Operation
Note: The system will operate with a
minimum of one tracked lane marking.
WARNINGS
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
Note: The system will only operate above
vehicle speeds of approximately 40 mph
(65 km/h).
At all times you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising
the system and intervening if
required.
The sensor is located behind the interior
mirror. It continuously monitors conditions
to alert you of unintentional lane drifting
at high speeds.
If the sensor becomes blocked the
system may not function.
The system will automatically detect and
track the lane markings on the road. If the
system detects that your vehicle is
unintentionally drifting toward the lane
markings, you will see a warning in the
information display. There is also a warning
given in the form of a vibration felt through
the steering wheel.
The sensor may incorrectly track lane
markings such as other structures or
objects. This can result in a false or
missed warning.
In cold and severe weather
conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow, spray and large
contrasts in lighting can all influence the
sensor.
Note: The vibration intensity from the
steering wheel may decease depending on
the quality of the road surface.
The system will not operate if the
sensor cannot track the road lane
markings.
Using Lane Keeping Alert
Switching the System On and Off
The system may not operate in areas
during roadwork construction.
The system may not operate on
roads with sharp bends or narrow
lanes.
Do not carry out windshield repairs
in the immediate area surrounding
the sensor.
If your vehicle has a suspension kit
not approved by us, the system may
not function correctly.
Turn the system on and off using the
button on the direction indicator stalk.
Press the button twice to turn the system
on. Press the button once to turn the
system off.
Note: Keep the windshield free from
obstructions such as bird droppings, insects
and snow or ice.
124
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Driving Aids
Note: When you switch the system off, a
warning indicator will remain illuminated in
the information display. See Warning
Lamps and Indicators (page 55).
The lane markings are color coded as
follows:
• Green: The system is ready to warn you
of any unintentional lane departure.
• Red: Your vehicle is approaching or is
too close to the detected lane
boundary. Take immediate safe action
to reposition your vehicle.
• Gray: The system will suppress the
relevant lane boundary.
Note: The system status and settings will
remain unchanged when you switch the
ignition on and off.
Setting the Steering Wheel Vibration
Level
The system has three intensity levels which
you can set using the information display.
See General Information (page 59).
Instances where a lane boundary may be
suppressed:
• The sensor may not detect the lane
markings on the road.
• You turn the direction indicator for that
side of your vehicle on.
• If you apply direct steering, accelerate
fast or brake hard.
• Your vehicle speed is outside the
operating limits.
• If there is an anti-lock brake or stability
control intervention.
• Narrow lane width.
Setting the System Sensitivity
You can adjust how quickly the system
warns you. The system has two sensitivity
levels which you can set using the
information display. See General
Information (page 59).
System Warnings
If the lane markings in the display turn red
or you feel a vibration through the steering
wheel you must take immediate and safe
action to align your vehicle. Correct any
unintended lane drift immediately.
ECO MODE
This system assists you in driving more
efficiently by constantly monitoring
characteristics of gear changing,
anticipation of traffic conditions and
speeds while driving.
A column of lane markings are displayed
on either side of the vehicle graphic.
125
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Driving Aids
The value of these characteristics is
represented by petals shown in the display,
with five petals being the most efficient.
The more efficiently you drive, the better
the rating, and the better your overall fuel
economy.
Anticipation
Note: These efficiency values do not result
in a defined fuel consumption figure. It might
vary as it is not only related to these driving
habits, but also influenced by many other
factors such as short trips and cold starts.
Efficient speed
Note: Frequent short trips, where the engine
does not fully warm up, will also increase
fuel consumption.
Type 2 and 3
Adjust your vehicle speed and the distance
to other vehicles to avoid the need for
heavy braking or acceleration to improve
fuel economy.
Reduce your cruising speed on open roads
to improve economy. Higher speeds use
more fuel.
The relevant information is shown in the
display.
The system is accessed using the
information display control. See General
Information (page 59).
Resetting Eco Mode
Reset the average fuel consumption by
using the information display control.
Type 1
Note: New values may take a short time to
calculate.
A
Anticipation
B
Efficient speed
Gear Shifting
Using the highest drivable gear appropriate
for the road conditions will improve fuel
consumption.
126
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Load Carrying
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Use load securing straps to an
approved standard, e.g. DIN.
Make sure that you secure all loose
items properly.
Place luggage and other loads as low
and as far forward as possible within
the luggage or loadspace.
Do not drive with the luggage
compartment or rear door open.
Exhaust fumes may enter your
vehicle.
ROOF RACKS AND LOAD
CARRIERS
Do not exceed the maximum front
and rear axle loads for your vehicle.
See Vehicle Identification Plate
(page 189).
WARNINGS
When loading the roof racks, we
recommend you evenly distribute the
load, as well as maintain a low
center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with
higher centers of gravity, may handle
differently than unloaded vehicles. Take
extra precautions, such as slower speeds
and increased stopping distance, when
driving a heavily loaded vehicle.
Do not allow items to contact the
rear windows.
Note: When loading long objects in to your
vehicle, for example pipes, timber or
furniture be careful not to damage the
interior trim.
REAR LOADSPACE HATCHES
Do not exceed the maximum
permissible roof load.
Note: Fold the hatch completely back
against the bulkhead when in use.
Do not exceed the maximum axle
load for your vehicle. See Vehicle
Identification Plate (page 189).
You can carry long items inside your vehicle
by opening the access hatch in the
bulkhead.
Read and follow the manufacturer's
instructions when you are fitting a
roof rack.
Do not place loads directly on the
roof panel.
If you use a roof rack, the fuel
consumption of your vehicle will be
higher and you may experience
different driving characteristics.
127
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Load Carrying
For correct roof rack system function, you
must place loads directly on crossbars
fitted to the roof rack side rails.
For correct roof rack system function, you
must place loads directly on crossbars
fitted to the roof rack side rails.
Make sure that you securely fasten the
load. Check to make sure the straps are
secure before driving and at each fuel stop.
Make sure that you securely fasten the
load. Check to make sure the straps are
secure before driving and at each fuel stop.
Variant
Maximum Roof
Load (Including
Roof Rack) lb (kg)
Low Roof
331 (150)
Medium Roof
220 (100)
Variant
Maximum Roof
Load lb (kg)
Low Roof
287 lb (130 kg)
Medium Roof
176 lb (80 kg)
Raising and Lowering the
Crossbars
ROOF RACKS AND LOAD
CARRIERS - VEHICLES WITH:
INTEGRATED ROOF RACK
WARNINGS
The crossbars are heavy. Take care
when lowering the crossbars to avoid
personal injury.
WARNINGS
When loading the roof racks, we
recommend you evenly distribute the
load, as well as maintain a low
center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with
higher centers of gravity, may handle
differently than unloaded vehicles. Take
extra precautions, such as slower speeds
and increased stopping distance, when
driving a heavily loaded vehicle.
When folding the crossbars down,
take care not to get your fingers
caught in the mechanism.
Do not attach anything to the
crossbars when they are in the folded
position.
Do not tether loads near the release
lever.
Do not exceed the maximum
permissible roof load.
Do not exceed the maximum axle
load for your vehicle. See Vehicle
Identification Plate (page 189).
Read and follow the manufacturer's
instructions when you are fitting a
roof rack.
Do not place loads directly on the
roof panel.
If you use a roof rack, the fuel
consumption of your vehicle will be
higher and you may experience
different driving characteristics.
128
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Load Carrying
Note: Make sure the crossbars are in the
folded position before entering a car wash.
1. Pull the release lever.
2. Raise or lower the crossbars until they
lock into place.
LOAD RETAINING FIXTURES
Note: The number of load retaining fixtures
may vary depending on your vehicle model.
129
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Load Carrying
Securing Cargo
All Vehicles except Kombi
130
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Load Carrying
Kombi Vehicles
Variant
Maximum Load
Value
All
1,125 lb (510 kg)
131
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Towing
TOWING A TRAILER
•
WARNINGS
Do not exceed 62 mph (100 km/h).
This could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or
death.
•
•
Do not exceed the maximum gross
train weight stated on your vehicle
identification plate. This could result
in the loss of vehicle control, serious
personal injury or death. See Vehicle
Identification Plate (page 189).
Note: The maximum permissible trailer
nose weight on the trailer identification
plate is the trailer manufacturer’s testing
value. The vehicle maximum permissible
trailer nose weight may be lower.
Do not exceed the maximum
permissible trailer nose weight
(vertical weight on the tow ball) as
stated in the vehicle specification chart.
This could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or death.
The stability of your vehicle to trailer
combination is very much dependent on
the quality of the trailer.
Towing a trailer changes the vehicle
handling characteristics and increases
stopping distances. Adapt your speed and
driving behavior to the load of the trailer.
The anti-lock braking system does
not control the overrun brake on the
trailer. This could result in the loss of
vehicle control, serious personal injury or
death.
The gross train weight stated on the
vehicle identification plate applies for road
gradients up to 12% and altitudes up to
3,281 ft (1,000 m) when towing a trailer. In
mountainous regions the engine
performance decreases due to lower air
density with increasing altitude. In high
altitude regions above 3,281 ft (1,000 m),
the stipulated maximum permitted gross
train weight must be reduced by 10% for
every extra 3,281 ft (1,000 m).
When towing a trailer:
•
•
•
•
The vertical weight on the tow ball
should be at least 4% of the trailer
weight and not exceed the maximum
permissable weight.
Reduce speed immediately if the trailer
shows any sign of swaying. See Trailer
Sway Control (page 132).
Use a low gear when descending a
steep downhill gradient.
Obey country specific regulations for
towing a trailer.
Do not exceed 62 mph (100 km/h)
even if a country allows higher speeds
under certain conditions.
Place loads as low as possible and
central to the axle of your trailer. If you
are towing with an unladen vehicle, the
load in your trailer should be placed
toward the nose, within the maximum
nose load, as this gives the best
stability.
The trailer nose weight (vertical weight
on the tow ball), is essential for the
driving stability of your vehicle and
trailer.
Note: Not all vehicles are suitable or
approved to have tow bars fitted. See an
authorized dealer for further information.
Trailer Lighting
The electrical system on your vehicle is not
suitable for towing trailers with LED lamps.
TRAILER SWAY CONTROL
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer
sway, but reduces it once it begins.
132
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Towing
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers
from swaying.
Front Towing Point
Note: In some cases, if your vehicle speed
is too high, the system may turn on multiple
times, gradually reducing your vehicle speed.
This feature applies your vehicle brakes at
individual wheels and if necessary, reduces
engine power. If the trailer begins to sway,
the traction control warning lamp flashes
and a message will appear in the
information display. Slow your vehicle
down, pull safely to the side of the road
and check for correct load distribution.
See Load Carrying (page 127).
TOWING POINTS
Remove the cover and install the recovery
hook.
WARNINGS
Switch the ignition off before
removing the recovery hook. Failure
to do so could result in personal
injury.
The recovery hook may be hot. Take
care when removing it from the
engine compartment storage
location. Failure to do so could result in
personal injury.
The recovery hook has a left-hand
thread. Turn it counterclockwise to
install it. Make sure that it is fully
tightened. Failure to do so could result in
the recovery hook becoming loose.
The recovery hook is located in the engine
compartment.
You must carry the recovery hook in your
vehicle at all times.
133
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Towing
Rear Towing Point
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
WARNINGS
You must switch the ignition on when
your vehicle is being towed.
The brake and steering assistance
will not operate unless the engine is
running. Press the brake pedal harder
and allow for increased stopping distances
and heavier steering.
Too much tension in the tow rope
could cause damage to your vehicle
or the vehicle that is towing.
Do not use a rigid tow bar on the
front towing eye.
When towing your vehicle you must
select neutral.
Drive off slowly and smoothly without
jerking the vehicle you are towing.
134
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Driving Hints
If the engine coolant temperature gauge
needle moves to the upper limit position,
the engine is overheating. See Gauges
(page 54).
BREAKING-IN
Tires
WARNING
You must only drive your vehicle for a short
distance if the engine overheats. The
distance you can travel depends on
ambient temperature, vehicle load and
terrain. The engine will continue to operate
with limited power for a short time.
New tires need to be run-in for
approximately 300 miles (500
kilometers). During this time, you
may experience different driving
characteristics.
If the engine temperature continues to rise,
the fuel supply to the engine will reduce.
The air conditioning will switch off and the
engine cooling fan will operate continually.
Brakes and Clutch
WARNING
1.
Avoid heavy use of the brakes and
clutch if possible for the first 100
miles (150 kilometers) in town and
for the first 1000 miles (1500 kilometers)
on freeways.
2.
3.
4.
Engine
WARNING
5.
Avoid driving too fast during the first
1000 miles (1500 kilometers). Vary
your speed frequently and change
up through the gears early. Do not labor
the engine.
Reduce your speed gradually and stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so.
Switch the engine off immediately to
prevent severe engine damage.
Wait for the engine to cool down.
Check the coolant level. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 156).
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
ECONOMICAL DRIVING
The following will help to improve fuel
consumption.
Vehicles With a Diesel Engine
During the first 2000 miles (3000
kilometers), you may notice a ticking sound
when your vehicle slows down. This is due
to adjustments of your new diesel engine
and is normal.
Tire Pressures
REDUCED ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
Gear Shifting
Check your tire pressures regularly to
optimize fuel economy. For best results
use the economy pressures. See
Technical Specifications (page 187).
Use the highest drivable gear appropriate
for the road conditions.
WARNING
Continued operation will increase the
engine temperature and cause the
engine to shut down completely.
135
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Driving Hints
Anticipation
Before driving through standing water,
check the depth. Never drive through water
that is higher than the bottom of the wheel
hubs.
Adjust your vehicle speed and the distance
to other vehicles without the need for
heavy braking or acceleration.
Efficient Speed
Higher speeds use more fuel. Reduce your
cruising speed on open roads.
Accessories
Try not to add unnecessary accessories to
the exterior of your vehicle. If you use a roof
rack, remember to fold it down or remove
it when not in use.
Electrical Systems
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction may
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
Switch off all electrical systems when not
in use, for example air conditioning. Make
sure you unplug any accessories from the
auxiliary power points when not in use.
•
COLD WEATHER
PRECAUTIONS
•
•
•
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected
at temperatures below -13°F (-25°C).
Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
Check that the horn works.
Check that the exterior lights work.
Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
FLOOR MATS
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNINGS
Always use floor mats that are
designed to fit the foot well of your
vehicle. Only use floor mats that
leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only
use floor mats that are firmly secured to
retention posts so that they cannot slip out
of position and interfere with the pedals
or impair safe operation of your vehicle in
other ways.
WARNING
Do not drive through flowing or deep
water as you may lose control of your
vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
Pedals that cannot move freely can
cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal
injury.
136
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Driving Hints
WARNINGS
Always make sure that the floor
mats are properly attached to the
retention posts in the carpet that are
supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must
be properly secured to both retention posts
to make sure mats do not shift out of
position.
Never place floor mats or any other
covering in the vehicle foot well that
cannot be properly secured to
prevent them from moving and interfering
with the pedals or the ability to control the
vehicle.
To install floor mats, position the floor mat
so that the eyelet is over the retention post
and press down to lock in.
Never place floor mats or any other
covering on top of already installed
floor mats. Floor mats should always
rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and
not another floor mat or other covering.
Additional floor mats or any other covering
will reduce the pedal clearance and
potentially interfere with pedal operation.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
Check attachment of floor mats on
a regular basis. Always properly
reinstall and secure floor mats that
have been removed for cleaning or
replacement.
Always make sure that objects
cannot fall into the driver foot well
while the vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped under
the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
Failure to properly follow floor mat
installation or attachment
instructions can potentially cause
interference with pedal operation causing
a loss of vehicle control.
137
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Should the engine turn off after a crash,
you may restart the engine by carrying out
the following.
HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS
Note: Depending on applicable laws and
regulations in the country for which your
vehicle was originally built, your brake lamps
may flash during heavy braking. Following
this your hazard warning flashers may also
flash once your vehicle comes to a stop. To
stop the hazard warning flashers press the
button or drive off normally.
Ignition Switch
1.
2.
3.
4.
Switch the ignition off.
Switch the ignition to position III.
Switch the ignition off.
Switch the ignition on again to
re-enable the fuel pump.
Note: Various system checks are
automatically carried out before the vehicle
will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart
after the third attempt, the system has
detected a fault that requires service. We
recommend you contact an authorized
dealer.
For item location: See At a Glance (page
10).
FIRST AID KIT
Space is provided in the passenger's side
lower door bin.
Keyless Starting (If Equipped)
1.
Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
2. Press the brake pedal, and then press
and release the button once.
3. Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
4. Press the brake pedal, and then press
and hold the button until the engine
starts.
Note: Various system checks are
automatically carried out before the vehicle
will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart
after the third attempt, the system has
detected a fault that requires service. We
recommend you contact an authorized
dealer.
WARNING TRIANGLE
Space is provided in the driver's side lower
door bin.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING
Failure to inspect and if necessary
repair fuel leaks after a crash may
increase the risk of fire and serious
injury. We recommend that the fuel system
be inspected by an authorized dealer after
any crash.
In the event of a moderate to severe crash,
your vehicle is fitted with a fuel pump
shut-off feature that stops the flow of fuel
to the engine. Not every impact will cause
a shut-off.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS
Do not use fuel lines, engine rocker
covers or the intake manifold as
grounding points.
138
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
WARNINGS
Connect batteries with only the same
nominal voltage.
Always use booster cables with
insulated clamps and adequate size
cable.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery.
To Connect the Booster Cables
1.
Position the vehicles so that they do
not touch one another.
2. Switch the ignition off and any
electrical equipment.
3. Lift up the battery positive connection
point cover. For item location, refer to
the appropriate under hood overview.
See Maintenance (page 153).
4. Connect the positive (+) terminal of
vehicle B with the positive (+) terminal
of vehicle A (cable 1).
A
Flat battery vehicle
B
Booster battery vehicle
1
Positive connection cable
2
Negative connection cable
5. Connect the negative (-) terminal of
vehicle B to the engine block or the
engine lifting eye of vehicle A (cable 2).
139
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
WARNINGS
Do not connect directly to the
negative (–) terminal of the flat
battery.
Make sure that the cables are clear
of any moving parts and fuel delivery
system parts.
To Start the Engine
1.
Run the engine of vehicle B at a
moderately high speed.
2. Start the engine of vehicle A.
3. Run both vehicles for a minimum of
three minutes before disconnecting the
cables.
WARNING
Do not switch the headlamps on
when disconnecting the cables. The
peak voltage could blow the bulbs.
Disconnect the cables in the reverse order.
140
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
This is located behind the removable trim
panel.
FUSE BOX LOCATIONS
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Pre-fuse Box
This is located under the driver's seat.
Body Control Module Fuse Box
For item location: See Under Hood
Overview (page 154).
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
This is located behind the removable trim
panel.
141
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Fuse
Fuse rating
F1
-
Not used.
Circuits protected
F2
-
Not used.
F3
-
Not used.
F4
-
Not used.
142
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse rating
Circuits protected
F5
3A
Powertrain control module.
F6
3A
Anti-lock brake system module.
F7
7.5 A
Powertrain control module.
Glow plug module.
F8
-
F9
30 A
Not used.
Windshield wiper motor.
F10
30 A
Auxiliary windshield wiper motor.
F11
10 A
Air conditioning clutch.
F12
20 A
Glow plugs.
F13
-
Not used.
F14
-
Not used.
F15
-
Not used.
F16
-
Not used.
Not used.
F17
-
F18
40 A
Anti-lock brake system module.
F19
30 A
Starter relay.
F20
60 A
Glow plug module.
Ignition relay.
F21
60 A
F22
-
F23
25 A
Anti-lock brake system module.
F24
7.5 A
Fuel pump relay.
Not used
F25
-
F26
3A
Not used.
F27
-
Not used.
F28
-
Not used.
F29
-
Audio front control module.
F30
60 A
Econetic coolant valve.
Low-speed and high-speed cooling fan.
143
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse rating
F31
-
F32
60 A
F33
-
Not used.
F34
-
Not used.
F35
15 A
Powertrain control module.
F36
7.5 A
Mass air flow sensor.
F37
7.5 A
Fuel metering valve.
F38
7.5 A
Air conditioning clutch relay.
15 A
Low-speed and high-speed cooling fan.
Glow plug relay.
Fuel vaporizer system fuel pump.
Heated oxygen sensor.
Econetic coolant valve relay.
F39
Circuits protected
Not used.
Windshield wiper motor relay.
Relay
Circuits switched
R1
Ignition.
R2
Starter motor.
R3
Rear window wiper.
R4
Windshield wiper motor.
R5
Not used.
R6
Not used.
R7
Not used.
R8
Not used.
R9
Not used.
R10
Air conditioning clutch.
R11
Glow plugs.
R12
Fuel pump.
R13
Not used.
144
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
Relay
Circuits switched
R14
Econetic coolant valve.
R15
Low-speed cooling fan.
R16
Not used.
R17
Powertrain control module.
R18
High-speed cooling fan.
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
Fuse
Fuse rating
F1
10 A
F2
-
F3
10 A
F4
-
F5
20 A
F6
5A
F7
-
Circuits protected
Restraints control module.
Not used.
Exterior mirrors.
Not used.
Auxiliary heater control module.
Tachograph.
Not used.
145
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse rating
F8
40 A
F9
-
F10
30 A
Circuits protected
Direct current (DC/AC) inverter
Not used.
Driver power seat.
F11
-
Not used.
F12
-
Not used.
F13
-
Not used.
F14
5A
Powertrain control module relay.
F15
40 A
Powertrain control module relay.
F16
40 A
Battery control module.
F17
-
Not used.
F18
-
Not used.
F19
5A
Tachograph.
F20
5A
Heated windshield relay.
Left-hand heated windshield relay.
right-hand heated windshield relay.
Direct current (DC/AC) inverter relay.
F21
10 A
Customer access.
F22
15 A
Body control module.
F23
7.5 A
Fuel fired booster heater relay.
Auxiliary blower motor relay.
Booster heater.
Blower motor.
Message center switch.
F24
5A
Headlamps.
Interior lighting.
F25
25 A
F26
-
F27
20 A
Heated front seats.
F28
20 A
Adaptive front lighting module.
F29
10 A
Image processing module A.
Image processing module B.
Auto-dimming interior mirror.
Not used.
146
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse rating
Circuits protected
Steering column control module.
F30
-
Not used.
F31
-
Not used.
F32
10 A
F33
-
Interior lamps.
F34
20 A
F35
5A
F36
20 A
Horn relay.
F37
7.5 A
SYNC module.
Global positioning system module.
F38
5A
F39
7.5 A
Auxiliary blower motor switch.
Intrusion sensor.
Radio frequency receiver.
F40
40 A
Blower motor relay.
Auxiliary blower motor relay.
F41
40 A
Rear heater blower
F42
30 A
Heated rear window relay.
F43
30 A
Trailer module.
Trailer socket.
F44
60 A
Auxiliary power point relay.
F45
-
F46
30 A
Driver door window switch.
Passenger door window switch.
F47
20 A
Auxiliary power point.
F48
20 A
Rear auxiliary power points.
F49
20 A
Front auxiliary power points.
Not used.
Rear window wiper relay.
Rear window wiper motors.
Power folding mirrors.
Driver door window.
Rear window wiper.
Horn relay.
Blower motor relay.
Not used.
147
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse rating
Circuits protected
F50
60 A
Ignition relay 1.
F51
60 A
Ignition relay 2.
F52
40 A
Left-hand heated windshield element.
F53
40 A
Right-hand heated windshield element.
Relay
Circuits switched
R1
Fuel fired booster heater
R2
Auxiliary power points.
R3
Not used.
R4
Ignition relay 2.
R5
Not used.
R6
Ignition relay 1.
R7
Horn.
R8
Not used.
R9
Blower motor.
R10
Auxiliary blower motor.
R11
Heated rear window.
R12
Right-hand heated windshield element.
R13
Left-hand heated windshield element.
148
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
Pre-fuse Box
Fuse
Fuse rating
Circuits protected
F1
350 A
Alternator.
Starter motor.
Battery junction box.
F2
100 A
Auxiliary junction box.
F3
-
F4
200 A
Auxiliary junction box.
Not used.
F5
100 A
Auxiliary junction box.
F6
80 A
Electric booster heater.
F7
80 A
Auxiliary junction box.
F8
100 A
Battery junction box.
F9
100 A
Auxiliary junction box.
F10
60 A
Body control module 1.
F11
60 A
Body control module 2.
F12
60 A
Customer access.
F13
-
F14
60 A
Not used.
Customer access.
149
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
Body Control Module Fuse Box
Fuse
Fuse rating
Circuits protected
F1
-
F2
15 A
Driver door latch.
Passenger door latch.
Liftgate latch.
F3
15 A
Ignition switch.
Auxiliary battery relay.
F4
5A
Parking aid module.
F5
5A
Rain sensor module.
Autolamp module.
Not used.
150
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse rating
Circuits protected
F6
15 A
Windshield washer pump.
F7
7.5 A
Exterior mirrors.
F8
15 A
Front fog lamps.
F9
10 A
Right-hand headlamp.
F10
10 A
Left-hand headlamp.
F11
25 A
Right-hand rear lamps.
Right-hand headlamp.
Left-hand headlamp.
Exterior mirrors.
F12
20 A
Anti-theft alarm.
Battery back-up sounder.
F13
15 A
Data link connector.
Auxiliary power point relay.
Interior lighting.
F14
25 A
Headlamps.
Exterior mirrors.
F15
25 A
Right-hand headlamp.
Left-hand headlamp.
Left-hand rear lamps.
Trailer module.
F16
20 A
Audio control.
F17
7.5 A
Instrument cluster.
Blower motor.
F18
10 A
Headlamp switch.
F19
5A
Front control/display interface module.
F20
5A
Passive anti-theft system.
F21
3A
Audio front control module.
151
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Fuses
CHANGING A FUSE
WARNINGS
Do not modify the electrical system
of your vehicle in any way. Have
repairs to the electrical system and
the replacement of relays and high current
fuses carried out by an authorized dealer.
Switch the ignition and all electrical
equipment off before attempting to
change a fuse.
Always replace a fuse with one that
has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage
rating can cause severe wire damage and
could start a fire.
If electrical components in your vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. A
break in the fuse wire will indicate a blown
fuse. Check the appropriate fuses before
replacing any electrical components.
152
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
•
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. There is a large network of Ford
authorized repairers that are there to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. Authorized repairers are best
qualified to service your vehicle properly
and expertly, with a wide range of highly
specialized tools.
•
In addition to regular servicing, we
recommend that you carry out the
following checks.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid
Check (page 158).
Tire pressures (when cold). See Tire
Care (page 176).
Tire condition. See Wheels and Tires
(page 173).
Monthly Checks
•
WARNINGS
Switch the ignition off before
touching or attempting adjustment
of any kind.
Do not touch the electronic ignition
system parts after you have switched
the ignition on or when the engine is
running. The system operates at high
voltage.
Engine coolant level (engine cold). See
Engine Coolant Check (page 156).
Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks.
Air conditioning operation.
Parking brake operation.
Horn operation.
Tightness of lug nuts. See Tire Care
(page 176).
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Hood
Keep your hands and clothing clear
of the engine cooling fan. Under
certain conditions, the fan may
continue to run for several minutes after
you have switched the engine off.
Make sure that you fit filler caps
securely after carrying out
maintenance checks.
Daily Checks
•
•
•
Exterior lamps.
Interior lamps.
Warning lamps and indicators.
1.
Insert the vehicle key into the hood lock
and turn counterclockwise.
Note: Make sure the key is clean before
inserting it into any lock cylinder.
Check When Refueling
•
•
2. Slightly lift the hood.
3. Turn the key clockwise to release the
hood.
Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 155).
Brake fluid level. See Brake and
Clutch Fluid Check (page 157).
153
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
4. Open the hood.
5. Support the hood with the hood strut.
Closing the Hood
1.
Remove the hood strut from the catch
and secure it correctly in the clip.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last 8-12
in (20-30 cm).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW
154
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
*
A
Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 158).
B
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (right-hand drive). See Brake and Clutch Fluid
Check (page 157).
C
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (left-hand drive). See Brake and Clutch Fluid
Check (page 157).
D
Engine junction box. See Fuses (page 141).
E
Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 156).
F
Battery positive connection (for connecting booster cables). See Jump Starting
the Vehicle (page 138).
G
Engine oil dipstick . See Engine Oil Check (page 155).
H
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 155).
I
Power steering fluid reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 157).
*
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint free cloth. Replace the
dipstick and remove it again to check
the oil level.
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
If the oil level is at the minimum mark, add
oil immediately. See Technical
Specifications (page 169).
Note: Make sure that the oil level is
between the minimum and the maximum
marks.
A
Minimum
B
Maximum
Note: Do not use oil additives or other
engine treatments. Under certain conditions
they may cause engine damage.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3,000 mi (5,000 km).
ENGINE OIL CHECK
Adding Engine Oil
1.
Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Check the oil level before starting the
engine, or switch the engine off and
wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into
the oil pan.
WARNINGS
Only add oil when the engine is cold.
If the engine is hot, wait 10 minutes
for the engine to cool down.
Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.
155
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
1.
Remove the engine oil filler cap. See
Maintenance (page 153).
2. Add engine oil that meets Ford
specifications. See Technical
Specifications (page 169).
3. Replace the engine oil filler cap. Turn
it until you feel a strong resistance.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Maintain coolant concentration within
48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
point between -20°F (-29°C) and -29.2°F
(-34°C).
Note: Soak up any spillage with an
absorbent cloth immediately.
Adding Engine Coolant
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants or additives as they can
cause damage to the engine cooling or
heating systems.
WARNINGS
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNINGS
Do not dispose of engine coolant in
the household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
Only add coolant when the engine is
cold. If the engine is hot, wait 10
minutes for the engine to cool down.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
Do not put engine coolant in the
windshield washer fluid container. If
sprayed on the windshield, engine
coolant could make it difficult to see
through the windshield.
Undiluted coolant is flammable and
may ignite if spilled on a hot exhaust.
Ford Motor Company does not recommend
the use of recycled engine coolant since a
Ford-approved recycling process is not yet
available.
Do not mix different colors or types of
coolant in your vehicle.
Note: Add a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze
and water or prediluted engine coolant that
meets the correct specification.
Note: Use fluids which meet the
specifications or requirements defined. Use
of other fluids may lead to damage which
is not covered by your vehicle's Warranty.
See Maintenance (page 153).
Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and MAX marks on the
coolant reservoir. If the coolant level is at
or below the minimum mark, add coolant
immediately.
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1.
Remove the coolant reservoir cap.
156
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
2. Add engine coolant to the MAX mark,
do not overfill.
3. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
Note: In case of emergency, you can add
water without engine coolant in order to
reach a vehicle service location.
Note: Prolonged use of an incorrect dilution
of engine coolant can cause engine damage,
such as corrosion, overheating or freezing.
BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID
CHECK
See Technical Specifications (page 169).
WARNINGS
Do not use any fluid other than the
recommended brake fluid as this will
reduce brake efficiency. Use of
incorrect fluid could result in the loss of
vehicle control, serious personal injury or
death.
Note: The brake and the clutch systems are
supplied from the same reservoir.
POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK
WARNING
Only use brake fluid from a sealed
container. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or death.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. This could cause serious
personal injury. Rinse the affected
areas immediately with plenty of water
and consult a physician.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. This could cause serious
personal injury. Rinse the affected
areas immediately with plenty of water
and consult a physician.
If the power steering fluid level is between
the MAX and MIN marks add power
steering fluid that meets the correct
specification.
Adding Power Steering Fluid
A fluid level between the MAX and
MIN lines is within the normal
operating range and there is no need
to add fluid. A fluid level outside of the
normal operating range could compromise
the performance of the brake or clutch
systems. Have your vehicle checked
immediately.
1. Remove the filler cap.
2. Add power steering fluid to the MAX
mark. Do not overfill.
3. Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you
feel a strong resistance.
157
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
1.
Attach a tube to the drain plug and
place the end of the tube into a
suitable container.
2. Loosen the drain plug one to two turns
and allow the water to drain.
3. Tighten the drain plug until you feel a
strong resistance.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
Note: The reservoir supplies the front and
rear washer systems.
When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer
fluid and water to help prevent freezing in
cold weather and improve the cleaning
capability. We recommend that you use
only high quality washer fluid.
Note: The drain plug will rise while opening.
For information on fluid dilution, refer to
the product instructions.
Note: To drain the fuel filter water trap you
will need to access the underside of your
vehicle.
DRAINING THE FUEL FILTER
WATER TRAP
Note: Only add fuel that meets the Ford
specification. See Fuel and Refueling
(page 102).
WARNING
Do not dispose of fuel in the
household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
With the engine running the water in fuel
indicator lamp will go out after
approximately two seconds.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
Removing the Battery
WARNINGS
You must replace your vehicle
battery with one of exactly the same
specification.
Make sure the battery box is correctly
sealed.
Your vehicle battery is heavy; take
care when lifting and removing.
Note: If you have power seats and the
battery has no charge, jump-start your
vehicle to move the seat. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 138).
Note: Where applicable you must
reprogram the audio system using the
keycode.
158
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
The battery is located inside your vehicle
under the driver seat.
1.
3. Remove the seat track end caps on
both sides.
4. Remove the seat track rear bolts on
both sides.
Slide the seat fully forward. Remove
the cover trim by pulling up the tabs
with your fingers.
5. Remove the battery clamp and cover
bolts.
6. Remove the battery clamp and cover.
2. Unhook the cover flap and tuck it under
the seat valance.
159
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
7.
Remove the battery terminal cover.
9. Disconnect the battery. Remove the
negative (-) terminal first.
Installing the Battery
WARNING
Make sure that you securely fasten
the seat runner bolts before installing
the covers.
Install in the reverse order.
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
8. Remove the cable securing clips from
the cover. Release the retaining clips
and remove the cover.
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
160
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades
Lift the wiper arm.
3. Press the locking lever.
1. Press the locking button.
2. Remove the wiper blade.
3. Install in the reverse order. Make sure
that the wiper blade locks into place.
Note: The windshield wiper blades are
different in length. If you install wiper blades
of the wrong length, the rain sensor may not
work correctly.
Changing the Rear Window Wiper
Blade
4. Disengage the wiper blade from the
wiper arm.
5. Slide the wiper blade to the side.
1. Lift the wiper arm.
2. Position the wiper blade at right angles
to the wiper arm.
161
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
2. Remove the screws.
3. Push the headlamp toward the rear of
your vehicle and upward to disengage
it from its locating points.
6. Remove the wiper blade.
7. Install in the reverse order. Make sure
that the wiper blade locks into place.
REMOVING A HEADLAMP
WARNING
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
Note: When fitting the headlamp, make
sure that you reconnect the electrical
connector correctly.
Switch the lamps and the ignition off.
Failure to do so could result in
serious personal injury.
1.
Note: When fitting the headlamp, make
sure that you engage its locating points
correctly.
Open the hood. See Opening and
Closing the Hood (page 153).
CHANGING A BULB
WARNINGS
Switch all of the lamps and the
ignition off. Failure to follow this
warning could result in serious
personal injury.
Bulbs can become hot, let the bulb
cool down before removing it. Failure
to do so could result in personal
injury.
The following instructions describe how to
remove the bulbs. Fit replacements in the
reverse order unless otherwise stated.
162
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
Only fit bulbs of the correct specification.
See Bulb Specification Chart (page 168).
Note: We recommend that you see an
authorized dealer to change the bulbs if your
vehicle is fitted with air conditioning. Some
bulbs are difficult to access.
Headlamp
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
3. Gently press the bulb into the bulb
holder, turn it counterclockwise and
remove it.
Headlamp Low Beam
1.
A
Cornering lamp
B
Side lamp - low series
Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 162).
Headlamp low beam
C
Direction indicator
D
Side lamp - high series
Daytime running lamp
Headlamp high beam
Note: Remove the covers to gain access to
the bulbs.
Side Lamp
2. Remove the cover.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Release the clip and remove the bulb.
Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
1.
Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 162).
2. Remove the cover.
3. Remove the bulb holder by pulling it
straight out. Remove the bulb.
Headlamp High Beam
1.
Direction Indicator
1.
Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 162).
Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 162).
163
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
2. Remove the cover.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Release the clip and remove the bulb.
Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Release the clip and remove the bulb.
Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
Daytime Running Lamp (If Equipped)
1.
Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 162).
Side Repeater
2. Remove the cover.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Release the clip and remove the bulb.
Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
Cornering Lamp
1.
Remove the headlamp. See
Removing a Headlamp (page 162).
1.
Fold the mirror to its fully forward
position.
164
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
Rear Lamps
2. Remove the screw.
3. Using a screwdriver, gently prise the
clip to release the lamp.
4. Carefully remove the lamp.
5. Remove the bulb holder by pulling it
straight out. Remove the bulb.
Front Fog Lamps
1. Disconnect the electrical connector.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from
the bulb holder.
A
Tail and brake lamp
B
Direction indicator
C
Reversing lamp
D
Fog lamp
1. Remove the nut.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the lamp and unclip the bulb
holder.
4. Gently press the bulb into the bulb
holder, turn it counterclockwise and
remove it.
165
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp
License Plate Lamp
1. Remove the rubber grommets.
Note: If fitted, remove the trim panel first.
1. Carefully remove the lamp.
2. Remove the bulb.
2. Using a screwdriver, gently prise the
clips to release the lamp.
Interior Lamp
Entrance Lamps
3. Carefully remove the lamp.
4. Remove the bulb.
166
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
1. Carefully remove the lamp.
2. Remove the bulbs.
Vehicles with Interior Sensors
3. Remove the bulb.
Vehicles without Interior Sensors
1. Carefully remove the lens.
2. Remove the bulb.
Reading Lamps
Vehicles with Interior Sensors
1. Carefully remove the lamp.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb.
Sun Visor Mirror Lamp
1. Carefully remove the lamp.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
167
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
1.
Carefully remove the lamp.
2. Remove the bulb.
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Lamp
Specification
Power (Watt)
Approach lamp.
W5W
5
Front side lamp.
W5W
5
PY21W
21
Headlamp low beam.
H7
55
Headlamp high beam and Daytime
running lamp.
H15
55/15
Cornering lamps.
H1
55
Front fog lamps.
H11
55
Side direction indicator.
WY5W
5
Brake and rear lamp.
Front direction indicator.
P21/5W
21/5
Central high mounted brake lamp.
W16W
16
Rear direction indicator.
PY21W
21
Rear fog lamp.
P21W
21
Reversing lamp.
W16W
16
License plate lamp.
W5W
5
211 Festoon
10
Luggage compartment lamp.
168
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacities
Item
Capacity gal (L)
Engine cooling system.
2.2–3.1 (10–14)
Engine oil fill capacity including the oil filter.
1.4 (6.2)
Engine oil fill capacity excluding the oil filter.
1.3 (6)
Amount of oil required to raise the level on the dipstick from
minimum to maximum.
0.3 (1.5)
Fuel tank - normal capacity.
17.6 (80)
Fuel tank - increased capacity.
20.9 (95)
Windshield, rear window and headlamp washer system fill
capacity.
1.0 (4.5)
Specifications
Materials
Name
Engine Oil - 5W-30
Automatic Transmission Oil C-ML5
7U7J-M2C938-AB
Antifreeze Super Plus Premium
4U7J-19544-xxxx
Brake Fluid DOT 4 LV High Performance
BU7J-M6C65-xxxx
Specification
WSS-M2C913-D
MERCON® LV
WSS-M2C938-A
WSS-M97B44-D
WSS-M6C65-A2
Using oil and fluids that do not meet the
defined specification and viscosity grade
may lead to:
• Component damage which may not be
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
Use oil and fluids that meet the defined
specification and viscosity grades.
Note: If you are unable to find an engine oil
that meets the specification defined, you
must use an SAE 5W-30 engine oil that
meets the specification WSS-M2C913-C or
D.
169
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Maintenance
We recommend Castrol and Ford engine
oils and lubricants.
170
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause
damage over a period of time.
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing
cycle, make sure that you remove the wax
from the windshield and the wiper blades.
Body Paintwork Preservation
Note: Prior to using a car wash facility
check the suitability of it for your vehicle.
WARNINGS
Do not polish your vehicle in strong
sunshine.
Note: Some car washes use water at high
pressure. Due to this, water droplets may
enter inside your vehicle and could also
damage certain parts of your vehicle.
Do not allow polish to touch plastic
surfaces. It could be difficult to
remove.
Note: Remove the aerial before using an
automatic car wash.
Note: Switch the heater blower off to
prevent contamination of the fresh air filter.
Do not apply polish to the windshield
or rear window. This could cause the
wipers to become noisy and they
may not clear the window properly.
We recommend that you wash your vehicle
with a sponge and lukewarm water
containing a car shampoo.
We recommend that you wax the
paintwork once or twice a year.
Cleaning the Headlamps
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
Note: Do not scrape the headlamp lenses
or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or
chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a
spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage
may not be covered by your warranty.
Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when
they are dry.
Safety Belts
Cleaning the Rear Window
Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical
solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear
window or use abrasives or chemical
solvents to clean it.
Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate
the safety belt retractor mechanism.
Use a clean, lint free cloth or a damp
chamois leather to clean the inside of the
rear window.
Clean them with interior cleaner or water
applied with a soft sponge. Let them dry
naturally, away from artificial heat.
Cleaning the Chrome Trim
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD
Screens and Radio Screens
Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical
solvents. Use soapy water.
Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic
solvents or chemical solvents to clean the
instrument cluster screens, LCD screens or
radio screens. These cleaning products can
damage the screens.
Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot
surfaces and do not leave cleaning product
on chrome surfaces for a period of time
exceeding that which is recommended.
171
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.
Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for
an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This will reduce the risk of increased
corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and
linings.
Rear Windows
Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to
clean the interior of the rear windows.
Note: Some automatic car washes may
cause damage to the finish on your wheel
rims and covers.
Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the
interior of the rear windows.
Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated
with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain
their condition we recommend that you:
• Clean them weekly with the
recommended wheel and tire cleaner.
• Use a sponge to remove heavy
deposits of dirt and brake dust
accumulation.
• Rinse them thoroughly with a
pressurized stream of water when you
have completed the cleaning process.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
You should repair paintwork damage
caused by stones from the road or minor
scratches as soon as possible. A choice of
products are available from an authorized
dealer.
Remove particles such as bird droppings,
tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road
salt and industrial fallout before repairing
paint chips.
We recommend that you use Ford service
wheel cleaner. Make sure that you read
and follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
Always read and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions before using the products.
Using other non-recommended cleaning
products can result in severe and
permanent cosmetic damage.
CLEANING THE ALLOY
WHEELS
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in
combination with brush agitation to remove
brake dust and dirt, could wear away the
clear coat finish over a period of time.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
wool, fuels or strong household detergent.
172
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Do not use the kit on a previously
damaged tire, for example when it
has been driven under inflated.
A decal with tire pressure data is located
in the driver’s door opening.
Check and set the tire pressure at the
ambient temperature in which you are
intending to drive your vehicle and when
the tires are cold.
Do not use the kit on run flat tires.
Do not try to seal damage to the
tire’s sidewall.
Note: Check your tire pressures regularly to
optimize fuel economy.
The kit seals most tire punctures [with a
diameter of up to 0.24 in (6 mm)] to
temporarily restore mobility.
Note: Use only approved wheel and tire
sizes. Using other sizes could damage your
vehicle and will make the National Type
Approval invalid.
You must observe the following rules when
using the kit:
Note: If you change the diameter of the tires
from that fitted at the factory, the
speedometer may not display the correct
speed. Take your vehicle to an authorized
dealer to have the engine management
system reprogrammed.
•
•
TEMPORARY MOBILITY KIT
WARNING
•
Motorhomes must follow separate
instructions issued with the
temporary mobility kit.
•
•
Your vehicle may not have a spare tire.
Therefore you will have a temporary
mobility kit which will only repair one
damaged tire.
Drive with caution and avoid making
sudden steering or driving manoeuvres,
especially if your vehicle is heavily
laden or you are towing a trailer.
The kit will provide you with an
emergency temporary repair, enabling
you to continue your journey to the next
vehicle or tire dealer, or to drive a
maximum distance of 125 mi (200 km).
Do not exceed a maximum speed of
50 mph (80 km/h).
Keep the kit out of the reach of
children.
Only use the kit when the ambient
temperature is between -22°F (-30°C)
and 158°F (70°C).
Using the Kit
The compressor is located in the passenger
side door. The sealant is located in the right
hand side stepwell.
WARNINGS
Compressed air can act as an
explosive or propellant.
General Information
Never leave the kit unattended while
in use.
WARNINGS
Depending on the type and extent of
tire damage, some tires can only be
partially sealed or not sealed at all.
Loss of tire pressure can affect vehicle
handling, leading to loss of vehicle control.
Do not keep the compressor
operating for more than 10 minutes.
You must only use the kit for the
vehicle with which it was supplied.
173
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
•
•
•
•
•
•
Park your vehicle at the roadside so
that you do not obstruct the flow of
traffic and so that you are able to use
the kit without being in danger.
Apply the parking brake, even if you
have parked on a level road, to make
sure that your vehicle will not move.
Do not attempt to remove foreign
objects like nails or screws penetrating
the tire.
Leave the engine running while the kit
is in use, but not if your vehicle is in an
enclosed or poorly ventilated area (e.g,
inside a building). In these
circumstances, switch the compressor
on with the engine switched off.
You must replace the sealant bottle
with a new one before the expiry date
(see top of bottle).
Inform all other users of your vehicle
that the tire has been temporarily
sealed with the kit. Make them aware
of the special driving conditions that
must be observed.
WARNINGS
If the tire inflation pressure does not
reach the recommended pressure
within 10 minutes, the tire may have
suffered excessive damage, making a
temporary repair impossible. Do not
continue driving with this tire.
Screwing the sealant bottle onto the
bottle holder will pierce the seal of
the sealant bottle. Do not unscrew
the sealant bottle from the bottle holder
as the sealant will escape.
Inflating the Tire
WARNINGS
Check the sidewall of the tire prior to
inflation. If there are any cracks,
bumps or similar damage, do not
attempt to inflate the tire.
Do not stand directly beside the tire
while the compressor is operating.
Watch the sidewall of the tire. If any
cracks, bumps or similar damage
appears, switch off the compressor
and let the air out by means of the pressure
relief valve B. Do not continue driving with
this tire.
The sealant contains natural rubber
latex. Avoid contact with skin and
clothing. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with plenty of
water and contact a Physician.
A
Protective cap
B
Pressure relief valve
C
Hose
D
Pressure gauge
E
Power plug with cable
F
Compressor switch
G
Label
H
Sealant bottle
174
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
1. Open the lid of the kit.
2. Peel off the label G showing the
maximum permissible speed of
50 mph (80 km/h) from the casing and
attach it to the instrument panel in the
driver’s field of view. Make sure the
label does not obscure anything
important.
3. Take the hose C and the power plug
with cable E out of the kit.
4. Screw the hose C onto the sealant
bottle.
5. Remove the valve cap from the
damaged tire.
6. Remove the protective cap A from the
sealant bottle hose and screw the hose
firmly onto the valve of the damaged
tire.
7. Make sure that the compressor switch
F is in position 0.
8. Insert the power plug E into the cigar
lighter socket or auxiliary power point.
See Cigar Lighter (page 92). See
Auxiliary Power Points (page 91).
9. Start the engine.
10. Move the compressor switch F to
position 1.
11.
After a minimum of two minutes
move the compressor switch F to
position 0 and unscrew the hose C
from the sealant bottle. Unscrew the
sealant bottle hose from the tire
valve.
12. Screw the hose C onto the tire valve
and move the compressor switch F
to position 1.
13. Inflate the tire for no longer than 10
minutes or to the recommended
inflation pressure. Move the
compressor switch F to position 0
and check the current tire pressure
with pressure gauge D. Unscrew the
hose C from the tire valve.
14.
Remove the power plug E from the
cigar lighter socket or auxiliary power
point.
15. Make sure the kit, the bottle lid and
the orange cap are stored safely, but
still easily accessible in your vehicle.
The kit will be required again when
you check the tire pressure.
16. Immediately drive approximately six
miles (10 kilometers) so that the
sealant can seal the damaged area.
Note: When pumping in the sealant through
the tire valve, the pressure may rise up to
87 psi (6 bar) but will drop again after about
30 seconds.
WARNING
If you experience heavy vibrations,
unsteady steering behavior or noises
while driving, reduce your speed and
drive with caution to a place where it is
safe for you to stop your vehicle. Recheck
the tire and its pressure. If the tire pressure
is less than the recommended pressure or
if there are any cracks, bumps or similar
damage visible, do not continue driving
with this tire.
Checking the Tire Pressure
1.
Stop your vehicle after driving
approximately six miles (10
kilometers). Check and where
necessary, adjust the pressure of the
damaged tire.
2. Attach the kit and check the tire
pressure from the pressure gauge D.
3. If the pressure of the sealant-filled tire
is more than the recommended
pressure, adjust it to the recommended
pressure. See Technical
Specifications (page 187).
4. Follow the inflation procedure once
again to inflate the tire.
175
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
5. Check the tire pressure again from the
pressure gauge D. If the tire pressure is
too high, deflate the tire to the
specified pressure using the pressure
relief valve B.
6. If the tire pressure is less than the
recommended pressure, repeat steps
13 to 16 and steps 1 to 5 (Checking the
Tire Pressure).
7. Once you have inflated the tire to its
correct tire pressure, move the
compressor switch F to position 0,
remove the power plug E from the
socket, unscrew the sealant bottle
hose, fasten the valve cap and replace
the protective cap A.
8. Drive to the nearest tire specialist to
get the damaged tire replaced. Before
the tire is removed from the rim, inform
the tire specialist that the tire contains
sealant. Renew the kit as soon as
possible after it has been used once.
Note: Remember that the kit only provides
temporary mobility. Regulations concerning
tire repair after using the kit may differ from
country to country. You should consult a tire
specialist for advice.
TIRE CARE
Front wheel drive vehicles (front tires on
the left side of the diagram).
Non-directional tires
Directional tires
WARNING
Before driving, make sure the tire is
adjusted to the recommended
inflation pressure. See Technical
Specifications (page 187). Monitor the
tire pressure until the sealed tire is
replaced.
To make sure the front and rear tires of
your vehicle wear evenly and last longer,
we recommend that you swap the tires
from front to rear and vice versa at regular
intervals of between 3000 and 6000 miles
(5000 and 10000 kilometers).
WARNING
Empty sealant bottles can be disposed of
together with normal household waste.
Return remains of sealant to an authorized
dealer or dispose of it in compliance with
local waste disposal regulations.
Do not scrub the sidewalls of the
tires when you are parking.
If you have to mount a curb, do so slowly
and approach it with the wheels at
right-angles to the curb.
176
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Vehicles with Stability Control
Examine the tires regularly for cuts, foreign
objects and uneven wear of the tread.
Uneven wear could mean that the wheel
alignment is outside specification.
When stability control is on, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics. To reduce this, switch
traction control off. See Using Traction
Control (page 112).
Check the tire pressures (including the
spare) when cold, every two weeks.
USING SNOW CHAINS
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNINGS
Do not exceed 31 mph (50 km/h).
WARNING
The tire pressure monitoring system
is not a substitute for manually
checking tire pressures. You should
periodically check tire pressures using a
pressure gauge. Failure to correctly
maintain tire pressures could increase the
risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.
Do not use snow chains on snow-free
roads.
Only fit snow chains to specified
tires. See Technical Specifications
(page 187).
If your vehicle has wheel trims,
remove them before fitting snow
chains.
If your vehicle has 235/50 R 18 tires, fit
185/75 R 16 C tires and 16 x 5.5J rims to the
front wheels. These are available from an
authorized dealer. Inflate the tires to the
maximum pressure permissible.
You must check the tire pressures
(including the spare tire where applicable)
every two weeks when the tires are cold.
You must inflate the tires to the correct
pressure.
If your vehicle has 215/65 R 16 C tires, fit
215/65 R 15 C tires and 15 x 6.5J rims to all
wheels. These are available from an
authorized dealer. Inflate the tires to the
maximum pressure permissible.
See Wheels and Tires (page 173). The tire
pressures are also on the tire inflation
pressure label (located on the edge of
driver door or the B-Pillar).
Only use snow chains of 10 millimeters or
smaller.
As a driver assistance feature, your vehicle
has a tire pressure monitoring system. A
warning lamp will illuminate when one or
more of the tires are significantly
under-inflated. If the low tire pressure
warning lamp illuminates, you should stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so,
check the tires and inflate them to the
correct pressure.
Only use snow chains on the front wheels.
Note: Snow chains can be used with 215/65
R15 C tires.
Note: The anti-lock brake system will
continue to operate normally.
Note: 185/75 R 16 C tires are only covered
in your vehicle registration documents for
use on the front axle.
177
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
How Temperature Affects the Tire
Pressures
Driving on under-inflated tires can:
• Cause them to overheat.
• Lead to tire failure.
• Reduce fuel efficiency.
• Reduce tire life.
• Affect vehicle handling or stopping
ability.
Under normal driving conditions tire
pressures may increase by up to 4 psi
(0.3 bar) from a cold start situation.
If the vehicle is stationary overnight and
the temperature significantly lower than
the daytime temperature, tire pressures
may decrease by up to 3 psi (0.2 bar) when
there is a drop in the ambient temperature
of 31°F (17°C) or more. The system detects
this pressure decrease as being
significantly below the correct inflation
pressure and the warning lamp illuminates.
The system is not a substitute for correct
tire maintenance.
You must maintain the correct tire
pressures, even if low tire pressure has not
illuminated the warning lamp.
The tire pressure monitoring system has a
system malfunction indicator to warn you
when the system is not operating correctly.
The malfunction indicator and low tire
pressure warning lamp have a combined
function. When the system detects a
malfunction, the warning lamp will flash
for approximately one minute and then
remain illuminated. This sequence will
occur every time you switch the ignition on
while the malfunction remains. The system
has detected a fault that requires service.
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressures. A
malfunction may occur for a variety of
reasons, including the installation of a
replacement tire or wheel that prevents
the system from functioning correctly.
Always check the tire pressure monitoring
system malfunction warning after
replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle. Make sure the replacement
tires or wheels allow the system to
continue to function correctly. See When
the Temporary Spare Tire is Installed
in this section.
You should always have tires serviced by
an authorized dealer.
Note: Each road wheel and tire is fitted with
a tire pressure sensor located inside the
wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor attaches to the valve stem. The tire
covers the pressure sensor and it is not
visible unless the tire is removed. Take care
when changing the tire to avoid damaging
the sensor.
178
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Understanding the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
When You Believe the System is Not
Operating Correctly
The system measures the pressure in the
four road tires and sends the tire pressure
readings to your vehicle.
The main function of the system is to warn
you when the tire pressures are low. It can
also warn you in the event the system is
no longer capable of operating correctly.
See the following chart for information
concerning the system:
The system detects this lower pressure as
being significantly below the correct
inflation pressure and the warning lamp
illuminates. You must inflate the tires to
the correct pressure.
When Inflating the Tires
When inflating the tires the system may
not respond immediately to the air added
to the tires.
When the Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed
If you need to replace a road wheel and
tire with the temporary spare wheel, the
system will continue to identify a defect.
This is to remind you to repair the damaged
road wheel and tire and refit the repaired
road wheel and tire assembly to your
vehicle. To restore the correct operation
of the system, you must have the repaired
road wheel and tire assembly refitted to
your vehicle.
179
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
System Warning Lamps
Warning lamp
Description
Action
Solid warning lamp Tire(s) under-inflated
Spare tire in use
1.
Make sure tires are at the correct
pressure. See Wheels and Tires
(page 173). The tire pressures are also
on the tire inflation pressure label
(located on the edge of driver door
or the B-Pillar).
2. After inflating the tires to the correct
pressure you must carry out the tire
pressure monitoring system reset
procedure. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System Reset
Procedure in this chapter.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
and refit the repaired road wheel and tire
assembly to your vehicle to restore the
correct operation of the system.
Tire pressure monitoring If the tires are correctly inflated and the
system malfunction
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, the system has detected a
fault that requires service.
Solid warning lamp Spare tire in use
initially followed by
a flashing warning
lamp
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
and refit the repaired road wheel and tire
assembly to your vehicle to restore the
correct operation of the system.
Tire pressure monitoring If the tires are correctly inflated and the
system malfunction
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, the system has detected a
fault that requires service.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Reset Procedure
If the Warning Lamp is On:
1.
Check each tire to verify that none are
flat.
2. If one or more tires are flat, repair as
necessary.
3. Check the tire pressures and inflate all
the tires to the correct pressure.
4. Carry out the tire pressure monitoring
system reset procedure.
Overview
You must carry out the system reset
procedure after each tire replacement or
adjustment of the tire pressures.
180
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
To maintain your vehicle load carrying
capability, your vehicle requires different
tire pressures in the front tires compared
to the rear tires.
Carrying Out the System Reset
Procedure
1.
Check the tire pressures and inflate all
the tires to the correct pressure.
2. Use the information display controls
on the steering wheel or instrument
panel. See Information Displays
(page 59).
The system illuminates the warning lamp
at different pressures for the front and rear
tires.
The tires need to be periodically rotated
to provide consistent performance and
maximum tire life, the system needs to
know when the tires have been rotated to
determine which set of tires are on the
front and rear axles. With this information,
the system can detect and correctly warn
of low tire pressures.
To reset the tire pressure monitoring system, scroll to:
Message
Description and Action
Settings
Press the OK button.
Driver assist
Press the OK button.
Tire Monitor
Press and hold the OK button until confirmation appears.
Alternatively, if your vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring
system reset button, press and hold the button until
confirmation appears.
Note: The tire pressure monitoring system
indicator light will illuminate when the spare
tire is in use. Mount all road wheels
equipped with tire pressure monitoring
sensors to the vehicle. This will restore the
full function of the monitoring system.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
WARNINGS
Do not use tire sealants as they may
damage the tire pressure monitoring
system. If you must use a sealant,
then you must also have the tire pressure
monitoring system sensor and valve stem
on the wheel replaced by an authorized
Ford dealer.
If you get a flat tire while driving, do not
apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually
decrease your speed. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe
place on the side of the road.
If you damage the tire pressure
sensor, it will no longer function. See
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 177).
181
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Have a flat serviced by an authorized
dealer in order to prevent damage to the
tire pressure monitoring system sensors.
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 177). Replace the spare tire with a
road tire as soon as possible. During
repairing or replacing of the flat tire, have
an authorized dealer inspect the tire
pressure monitoring system sensor for
damage.
WARNINGS
If you are unsure what type of spare
wheel you have do not exceed
50 mph (80 km/h).
Only fit snow chains to specified
tires. See Technical Specifications
(page 187).
The ground clearance of your vehicle
may be reduced. Take care when
parking next to a curb.
Lug Nuts
You can obtain a replacement locking lug
nut key and replacement locking lug nuts
from an authorized dealer using the
reference number certificate.
Note: Your vehicle may exhibit some
unusual driving characteristics.
Vehicles with a Spare Wheel
The spare wheel is located underneath the
rear of your vehicle and released using a
winch system.
If the spare wheel is exactly the same type
and size as the other fitted road wheels,
you can replace the existing road wheel
with the spare wheel and continue to drive
in the normal manner.
If the spare wheel is different to the other
road wheels, it will carry a yellow label with
the appropriate speed limit.
Open the rear doors. Remove the grommet
and fully insert the flat end of the wheel
brace or the short arm of the jack handle
into the socket. Turn counterclockwise
until the wheel rests on the ground and
there is slack in the cable.
Refer to the following information before
changing the road wheel.
WARNINGS
Drive the shortest possible distances.
Do not fit more than one spare wheel
on your vehicle at any one time.
Do not carry out any tire repairs on a
spare wheel.
Do not drive through an automatic
car wash.
182
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Unscrew the retaining nut to release the
spare wheel bracket.
Vehicle Jack
WARNINGS
You should only use the vehicle jack
supplied with your vehicle when
changing a wheel in emergency
situations.
Check the vehicle jack before use. It
should not be damaged or deformed,
and the thread lubricated and free
from foreign matter.
Never place anything between the
jack and the ground, or the jack and
your vehicle.
Note: Vehicles with a temporary mobility
kit do not have a vehicle jack or a wheel
brace. See Temporary Mobility Kit (page
173).
1. Rotate the cable through 90 degrees.
2. Slide the cable through the slot to
release the spare wheel bracket from
the winch.
The jack, wheel brace and jack handle are
located in a storage compartment in the
front right stepwell.
183
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
•
Unfold the jack handle.
•
Insert the hook of the handle into the
ring on the jack. Insert the wheel brace
into the other end of the handle and
rotate clockwise.
Front Jacking Points
WARNINGS
Use only the specified jacking points.
If you use other positions, you may
damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or the
fuel lines.
The front sub-frame rear bolts fit into a
recess on the flap of the jack.
If your vehicle has rear air
conditioning, make sure that when
you position the jack it does not
come in contact with the air conditioning
lines or the fuel tank support strap.
Use only the specified jacking points.
If you use other positions, you may
damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or the
fuel lines.
Rear Jacking Points
WARNING
184
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
All Front-wheel Drive Vehicles
WARNINGS
Set up a warning triangle.
Make sure that your vehicle is on firm,
level ground with the wheels pointing
straight ahead.
Switch the ignition off and apply the
parking brake.
If your vehicle has a manual
transmission, move the transmission
selector lever to first or reverse gear.
If it has an automatic transmission, move
the transmission selector lever to position
P.
Have the passengers leave your
vehicle.
Secure the diagonally opposite
wheel with an appropriate block or
wheel chock. This is located within
the B-pillar or within the spare wheel.
Make sure that the arrows on
directional tires point in the direction
of rotation when your vehicle is
moving forwards. If you have to fit a spare
wheel with the arrows pointing in the
opposite direction, have the tire refitted in
the correct direction by an authorized
dealer.
Do not work underneath your vehicle
when only a jack supports it.
Make sure that the jack is vertical to
the jacking point and the base is flat
on the ground.
Rotate the head of the jack to position
under the rear leaf spring directly behind
the rear wheel.
Note: Do not lay alloy wheels face down
on the ground, this will damage the paint.
Removing a Road Wheel
1.
Insert the flat end of the wheel brace
between the rim and the wheel trim
and carefully remove the wheel trim.
2. Install the locking lug nut key.
3. Slacken the lug nuts.
WARNINGS
Park your vehicle in such a position
that neither the traffic nor you are
hindered or endangered.
185
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
4. Jack up your vehicle until the tire is
clear of the ground.
5. Remove the lug nuts and the wheel.
Installing a Road Wheel
WARNINGS
Use only approved wheel and tire
sizes. Using other sizes could
damage your vehicle and will make
the National Type Approval invalid. See
Technical Specifications (page 187).
Make sure that there is no lubrication
(grease or oil) on the threads or the
interface between lug studs and
4. Partially tighten the lug nuts in the
sequence shown.
5. Lower your vehicle and remove the
jack.
6. Fully tighten the lug nuts in the
sequence shown. See Technical
Specifications (page 187).
7. Install the wheel trim.
nuts.
Note: Make sure the wheel and hub contact
surfaces are free from foreign matter.
Note: Make sure that the cones on the lug
nuts are against the wheel.
Note: You can also use the lug nuts of alloy
wheels for the steel spare wheel.
WARNING
1. Install the wheel.
2. Install the lug nuts finger tight.
3. Install the locking lug nut key.
Have the lug nuts checked for
tightness and the tire pressure
checked as soon as possible.
Note: If the spare wheel is different in size
or construction to the road wheels, have this
replaced as soon as possible.
Stowing the Wheel
WARNING
Do not raise the spare wheel carrier
without the wheel attached. Damage
can occur to the winch mechanism
if lowered without a wheel attached.
Make sure that the spare wheel is secure.
186
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Lug Nut Torque
Wheel type
Ib-ft (Nm)
All
147.5 (200)
Tire Pressures (Cold Tires)
Bus
Full Load
Variant
Tire size
Half Load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
lbf/in²
(bar)
lbf/in²
(bar)
lbf/in²
(bar)
lbf/in²
(bar)
300S
215/65 R 15 C
49.3 (3.4)
47.9 (3.3)
49.3 (3.4)
36.3 (2.5)
300S
215/65 R 16 C
52.2 (3.6) 50.8 (3.5)
52.2 (3.6)
39.2 (2.7)
300L
215/65 R 15 C
53.7 (3.7)
47.9 (3.3)
53.7 (3.7)
36.3 (2.5)
300L
215/65 R 16 C
58.0 (4)
50.8 (3.5)
58.0 (4)
39.2 (2.7)
Van and Kombi - Front Wheel Drive
Note: There are two options for tire pressures. The standard tire pressures offer the best
balance of ride comfort and handling. The economy tire pressures offer the best possible
fuel consumption. The load carrying capacity is not affected.
Standard
Variant
Tire size
Economy
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
lbf/in²
(bar)
lbf/in²
(bar)
lbf/in²
(bar)
lbf/in²
(bar)
250S and 270S
215/65 R 15 C
47.9 (3.3)
42.1 (2.9)
54.0 (3.7)
54.0 (3.7)
250S and 270S
215/65 R 16 C
50.8 (3.5)
45.0 (3.1)
68.0 (4.7)
68.0 (4.7)
290S
215/65 R 15 C
47.9 (3.3)
47.9 (3.3)
54.0 (3.7)
54.0 (3.7)
290S
215/65 R 16 C
50.8 (3.5) 52.2 (3.6)
68.0 (4.7)
68.0 (4.7)
290S
235/50 R 18
43.5 (3.0) 43.5 (3.0)
49.3 (3.4)
49.3 (3.4)
290L
215/65 R 15 C
50.8 (3.5)
54.0 (3.7)
54.0 (3.7)
47.9 (3.3)
187
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Standard
Economy
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
lbf/in²
(bar)
lbf/in²
(bar)
lbf/in²
(bar)
lbf/in²
(bar)
215/65 R 16 C
55.1 (3.8)
52.2 (3.6)
68.0 (4.7)
68.0 (4.7)
300S
215/65 R 15 C
49.3 (3.4)
47.9 (3.3)
54.0 (3.7)
54.0 (3.7)
300S
215/65 R 16 C
52.2 (3.6) 50.8 (3.5)
68.0 (4.7)
68.0 (4.7)
300L
215/65 R 15 C
53.7 (3.7)
47.9 (3.3)
54.0 (3.7)
54.0 (3.7)
300L
215/65 R 16 C
58.0 (4)
50.8 (3.5)
68.0 (4.7)
68.0 (4.7)
310S
215/65 R 15 C
49.3 (3.4)
53.7 (3.7)
54.0 (3.7)
54.0 (3.7)
310S
215/65 R 16 C
52.2 (3.6)
58.0 (4)
68.0 (4.7)
68.0 (4.7)
310L
215/65 R 15 C
53.7 (3.7)
53.7 (3.7)
54.0 (3.7)
54.0 (3.7)
310L
215/65 R 16 C
56.6 (3.9)
58.0 (4)
68.0 (4.7)
68.0 (4.7)
330S
215/65 R 16 C
52.2 (3.6) 68.9 (4.8)
68.0 (4.7)
68.0 (4.7)
330L
215/65 R 16 C
58.0 (4)
68.9 (4.8)
68.0 (4.7)
68.0 (4.7)
330L SVO
215/65 R 16 C
56.6 (3.9)
58.0 (4)
68.0 (4.7)
68.0 (4.7)
Variant
290L
Tire size
Snow Chain Wheel
Standard
Variant
All
Tire size
185/75 R 16 C
Front
Rear
lbf/in² (bar)
lbf/in² (bar)
66.7 (4.6)
-
188
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE
A
Model.
B
Variant.
C
Engine designation.
D
Engine power and emission level.
E
Vehicle identification number.
F
Gross vehicle weight.
G
Gross train weight.
H
Maximum front axle weight.
I
Maximum rear axle weight.
The vehicle identification plate is within
the right-hand door aperture.
Note: The vehicle identification plate may
vary to that shown.
Note: Information on the vehicle
identification plate is dependent upon
market requirements.
189
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
The vehicle identification number is
located on the left-hand side of the
instrument panel. You will also find it
stamped into the right-hand front wheel
arch.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Vehicle Dimensions
Short Wheelbase
Description
Variant
in (mm)
Overall length
195.7 (4,972)
Overall width including exterior mirrors
89.4 (2,272)
Overall height (measured at curb weight)
Minimum
Maximum
77.9 (1,979)
93.9 (2,385)
Wheelbase
115.5 (2,933)
Front track
68.7 (1,745)
Rear track
67.6 (1,718)
190
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Long Wheelbase
Description
Variant
in (mm)
Overall length
210.2 (5,339)
Overall width including exterior mirrors
89.4 (2,272)
Overall height (measured at curb weight)
Minimum
Maximum
77.9 (1,979)
93.9 (2,385)
Wheelbase
129.9 (3,300)
Front track
68.7 (1,745)
Rear track
67.6 (1,718)
191
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Towing Equipment Dimensions
Measurement
Dimension description
in (mm)
A
wheel center – end of tow ball
46.3 (1,176)
B
Center of tow ball - side member
16.6 (421)
C
Inner side of side member
33.1 (842)
D
Center of tow ball – center 1.attachment point
18.7 (476)
E
Center of tow ball – center 2.attachment point
21.7 (551)
192
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Maximum Permissible Nose Weight
lb (kg)
Short Wheelbase
176 lb (80 kg)
All Except Short Wheelbase
247 lb (112 kg)
193
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors
Radio reception factors
Distance and Strength
The further you travel away from an FM station, the weaker
the signal and the weaker the reception.
Terrain
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Station overload
When you pass near a radio transmission tower, a stronger
signal can override a weaker signal and can cause interference in the audio system.
MP3 and WMA Track and Folder
Structure
CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed
4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact
discs only. Due to technical incompatibility,
certain recordable and re-recordable
compact discs may not function correctly
when used in Ford CD players.
Audio systems capable of recognizing and
playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks
and folder structures work as follows:
• There are two different modes for MP3
and WMA disc playback: MP3 and
WMA track mode (system default) and
MP3 and WMA folder mode.
• MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any
folder structure on the MP3 and WMA
disc. The player numbers each MP3
and WMA track on the disc (noted by
the MP3 or WMA file extension) from
T001 to a maximum of T255. The
maximum number of playable MP3 and
WMA files may be less depending on
the structure of the CD and exact
model of radio present.
Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade
paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player
as the label may peel and cause the CD to
become jammed. You should use a
permanent felt tip marker rather than
adhesive labels on your homemade CDs.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please
contact an authorized dealer for further
information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped
discs or discs with a scratch protection film
attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only.
Clean the disc with an approved CD
cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the
disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a
circular motion.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or
heat sources for extended periods.
194
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
•
•
MP3 and WMA folder mode represents
a folder structure consisting of one
level of folders. The CD player numbers
all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc
(noted by the MP3 or WMA file
extension) and all folders containing
MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder)
T001 (track) to F253 T255.
Creating discs with only one level of
folders helps with navigation through
the disc files.
In track mode, the system displays and
plays the structure as if it were only one
level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play,
regardless of being in a specific folder). In
folder mode, the system only plays the
MP3 and WMA files in the current folder.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD
WARNING
If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA
discs, it is important to understand how
the system reads the structures you create.
While various files may be present, (files
with extensions other than MP3 and
WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA
extension are played; other files are
ignored by the system. This enables you to
use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a
variety of tasks on your work computer,
home computer and your in-vehicle
system.
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
195
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
A
CD slot: Where you insert a CD.
B
Eject: Press the button to eject a CD.
C
Passenger airbag information: Informs you when the passenger airbag is
either on or off.
D
INFO: Press the button to access radio, CD, USB and IPod information.
E
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancels
announcements during an active announcement.
F
Numeric Keypad: Press a button to recall a previously stored radio station.
G
Cursor arrows: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices.
H
OK: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections.
I
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next radio station up the radio frequency
band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While listening
to a CD, press the button to go to the next track.
196
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
J
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
K
Seek down: Press the button to go to the next radio station down the radio
frequency band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While
listening to a CD, press the button to go to the previous track.
L
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features.
M
SOUND: Press the button to adjust the sound settings for bass, treble, middle,
balance and fade.
N
AUX: Press the button to access the AUX and SYNC features, it will also cancel
the menu or list browsing.
O
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio frequency bands, it will also
cancel the menu or list browsing.
P
CD: Press the button to change source to CD, it will also cancel the menu or
list browsing.
Sound Button
Station Tuning Control
This will allow you to adjust the sound
settings (for example bass, middle and
treble).
Seek Tuning
Select a frequency band and briefly press
the seek up or seek down button. Seek
tuning will stop at the first radio station it
locates.
1. Press the SOUND button.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required setting.
3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
make the necessary adjustment. The
display indicates the level selected.
4. Press the OK button to confirm the
new settings.
Manual Tuning
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select radio mode and then manual
tune.
3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
tune down or up the frequency band in
small increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a
station you want to listen to.
4. Press OK to continue listening to a
station.
Radio Button
Press the RADIO button to select from the
frequency bands available.
You can use the button to return to radio
reception when you have been listening to
another source.
Scan Tuning
Alternatively, press the left arrow button
to display the available frequency bands.
Scroll to the required frequency band and
press OK.
Scan allows you to listen to a few seconds
of each station detected.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select radio mode and then scan.
197
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
3. Use the seek buttons to scan up or
down the selected frequency band.
4. Press OK to continue listening to a
station.
Traffic Information Control
Station Preset Buttons
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
Many stations that broadcast on the FM
frequency band have a TP code to signify
that they carry traffic program information.
This feature allows you to store your
favorite stations, they can be recalled by
selecting the appropriate frequency band
and pressing one of the preset buttons.
Before you can receive traffic
announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will
appear to show the feature is switched on.
1. Select a frequency band.
2. Tune to the station required.
3. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. A progress bar and message
will appear. When the progress bar
completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute
momentarily as confirmation.
If you are already tuned to a station that
broadcasts traffic information, TP will also
be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search
for a traffic program.
When traffic information is broadcast, it
will automatically interrupt normal radio
or CD playback and a message will appear
in the display.
You can repeat this on each frequency
band and for each preset button.
If a non-traffic station is selected or
recalled using a preset button, the audio
unit will remain on that station unless TA
or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
Note: When you drive to another part of the
country, stations that broadcast on
alternative frequencies, and are stored on
preset buttons, may be updated with the
correct frequency and station name for that
area.
Note: If traffic announcement is on and you
select a preset or manual tune to a non
traffic announcement station no traffic
announcements will be heard.
Autostore Control
Note: When you are listening to a non
traffic announcement station and turn
traffic announcement off and on again a TP
seek will occur.
Note: This will store up to a maximum of
the six strongest signals available, either
from the AM or the FM frequency band, and
overwrite the previously stored stations. You
can also store stations manually in the same
way as other frequency bands.
•
•
Traffic Announcement Volume
Traffic announcements interrupt normal
broadcasts at a preset minimum level that
is usually louder than normal listening
volumes.
Press the MENU button, select radio
mode and press autostore.
When the search is complete, sound is
restored and the strongest signals are
stored on the autostore presets.
To adjust the preset volume:
•
Use the volume control to make the
necessary adjustment during an
incoming traffic announcement
broadcast. The display will show the
level selected.
198
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Ending Traffic Announcements
Select
The audio unit will return to normal
operation at the end of each traffic
announcement. To end the announcement
prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during
the announcement.
Press the MENU button.
When your vehicle moves from one
transmission area to another with the
alternative frequencies tuning switched
on, this function will search for the
strongest station signal.
Select
Adaptive volume
News announcement
The majority of programs that broadcast
on the FM frequency band have a program
identification code, it can be recognized by
audio units.
When available, automatic volume control
adjusts the volume level to compensate
for engine noise and road speed noise.
2
2
Alternative Frequencies
Automatic Volume Control
Audio settings
Audio settings
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any
other time it will switch all announcements
off.
1
1
Under certain conditions, however,
alternative frequencies tuning may
temporarily disrupt normal reception.
1.
Use the left or right arrow button to
adjust the setting.
2. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
3. Press the MENU button to return.
When selected, the unit continually
evaluates signal strength and if a better
signal becomes available, the unit will
switch to that alternative. It mutes while
it checks a list of alternative frequencies
and if necessary, it will search once across
the selected frequency band for a genuine
alternative frequency.
News Broadcasts
The audio unit may interrupt normal
reception to broadcast news bulletins from
stations on the FM frequency band, radio
data system or other enhanced network
linked stations.
It will restore radio reception when it finds
one or if one is not found, the unit will
return to the original stored frequency.
When selected, AF may appear in the
display.
The display will indicate there is an
incoming announcement, during news
broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts
for a news broadcast the preset volume
level will be the same as traffic
announcements.
Press the MENU button.
Select
Press the MENU button.
1
Audio settings
2
Alt. frequency
199
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Select
Regional Mode
1
Audio settings
Regional mode controls the behavior of
alternative frequencies switching between
regionally related networks of a parent
broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly
large network across a large part of the
country. At various times of the day this
large network may be broken down into a
number of smaller regional networks,
typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional
variants, the whole network caries the
same programming.
2
RDS regional
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD/DIGITAL AUDIO
BROADCAST (DAB) RADIO/
SYNC
WARNING
Regional mode on: This prevents random
alternative frequency switches when
neighboring regional networks are not
carrying the same programming.
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Regional mode off: This allows a larger
coverage area if neighboring regional
networks are carrying the same
programming, but can cause random
alternative frequency switches if they are
not.
Press the MENU button.
200
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
A
CD slot: Where you insert a CD.
B
Eject: Press the button to eject a CD.
C
Passenger airbag information: Informs you when the passenger airbag is
either on or off.
D
INFO: Press the button to access radio, CD, USB and IPod information.
E
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancel
announcements during an active announcement.
F
SOUND: Press the button to adjust the sound settings for bass, treble, middle,
balance and fade.
G
Numeric keypad: Press a button to recall a previously stored radio station. In
PHONE mode, you can use the numeric keypad to enter a phone number.
H
Cursor arrows: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices.
I
OK: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections.
J
Clock: Press the button to select clock setup.
201
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
K
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next radio station up the radio frequency
band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While listening
to a CD, press the button to go to the next track. In PHONE mode, press the
button to end or reject a phone call.
L
Function button 4: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
M
Function button 3: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
N
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
O
Function button 2:Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
P
Function button 1: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Q
Seek down: Press the button to go to the next radio station down the radio
frequency band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While
listening to a CD, press the button to go to the previous track. In PHONE mode,
press the button to begin or accept a phone call.
R
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features.
S
PHONE: Press the button to access the phone feature of the SYNC system.
T
AUX: Press the button to access the AUX and SYNC features, it will also cancel
the menu or list browsing.
U
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio frequency bands, it will also
cancel the menu or list browsing.
V
CD: Press the button to change source to CD, it will also cancel the menu or
list browsing.
Sound Button
Radio Button
This will allow you to adjust the sound
settings for bass, treble, middle, balance
and fade.
Press the RADIO button to select from the
frequency bands available.
You can use the buton to return to radio
reception when you have been listening to
another source.
1. Press the sound button.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required setting.
3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
make the necessary adjustment. The
display indicates the level selected.
4. Press the OK button to confirm the
new settings.
Alternatively, press the left arrow button
to display the available frequency bands.
Scroll to the required frequency band and
press OK.
202
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Station Tuning Control
Note: When you drive to another part of the
country, stations that broadcast on
alternative frequencies, and are stored on
preset buttons, may be updated with the
correct frequency and station name for that
area.
Seek Tuning
Select a frequency band and briefly press
the seek up or seek down button. Seek
tuning will stop at the first radio station it
locates.
Autostore Control
Manual Tuning
Note: This will store up to a maximum of
the 10 strongest signals available, either
from the AM or the FM frequency band, and
overwrite the previously stored stations. You
can also store stations manually in the same
way as other frequency bands.
1. Press function button 2.
2. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
tune down or up the frequency band in
small increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a
station you want to listen to.
3. Press OK to continue listening to a
station.
•
•
Scan Tuning
Scan allows you to listen to a few seconds
of each station detected.
Press the MENU button, select audio
mode then press and hold the RADIO
button.
When the search is complete, sound is
restored and the strongest signals are
stored on the autostore presets.
Traffic Information Control
1. Press function button 3.
2. Use the seek buttons to scan up or
down the selected frequency band.
3. Press function button 3 again or OK to
continue listening to a station.
Many stations that broadcast on the FM
frequency band have a TP code to signify
that they carry traffic program information.
Station Preset Buttons
Before you can receive traffic
announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will
appear to show the feature is switched on.
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
This feature allows you to store your
favorite stations, they can be recalled by
selecting the appropriate frequency band
and pressing one of the preset buttons.
If you are already tuned to a station that
broadcasts traffic information, TP will also
be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search
for a traffic program.
1. Select a frequency band.
2. Tune to the station required.
3. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. A progress bar and message
will appear. When the progress bar
completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute
momentarily as confirmation.
When traffic information is broadcast, it
will automatically interrupt normal radio
or CD playback and a message will appear
in the display.
If a non-traffic station is selected or
recalled using a preset button, the audio
unit will remain on that station unless TA
or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
You can repeat this on each frequency
band and for each preset button.
203
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Note: If traffic announcement is on and you
select a preset or manual tune to a non
traffic announcement station no traffic
announcements will be heard.
Action
Note: When you are listening to a non
traffic announcement station and turn
traffic announcement off and on again a TP
seek will occur.
1
Audio settings
2
Adaptive volume
1.
Use the left or right arrow button to
adjust the setting.
2. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
3. Press the MENU button to return.
Traffic Announcement Volume
Traffic announcements interrupt normal
broadcasts at a preset minimum level that
is usually louder than normal listening
volumes.
News Broadcasts
The audio unit may interrupt normal
reception to broadcast news bulletins from
stations on the FM frequency band, radio
data system or other enhanced network
linked stations.
To adjust the preset volume:
•
Message
Use the volume control to make the
necessary adjustment during an
incoming traffic announcement
broadcast. The display will show the
level selected.
The display will indicate there is an
incoming announcement, during news
broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts
for a news broadcast the preset volume
level will be the same as traffic
announcements.
Ending Traffic Announcements
The audio unit will return to normal
operation at the end of each traffic
announcement. To end the announcement
prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during
the announcement.
Press the MENU button.
Action
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any
other time it will switch all announcements
off.
Automatic Volume Control
When available, automatic volume control
adjusts the volume level to compensate
for engine noise and road speed noise.
Message
1
Audio settings
2
News announcement
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Press the MENU button.
Alternative Frequencies
The majority of programs that broadcast
on the FM frequency band have a program
identification code, it can be recognized by
audio units.
204
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
When your vehicle moves from one
transmission area to another with the
alternative frequencies tuning switched
on, this function will search for the
strongest station signal.
Regional mode on: This prevents random
alternative frequency switches when
neighboring regional networks are not
carrying the same programming.
Regional mode off: This allows a larger
coverage area if neighboring regional
networks are carrying the same
programming, but can cause random
alternative frequency switches if they are
not.
Under certain conditions, however,
alternative frequencies tuning may
temporarily disrupt normal reception.
When selected, the unit continually
evaluates signal strength and, if a better
signal becomes available, the unit will
switch to that alternative. It mutes while
it checks a list of alternative frequencies
and if necessary, it will search once across
the selected frequency band for a genuine
alternative frequency.
Press the MENU button.
Action
It will restore radio reception when it finds
one or if one is not found, the unit will
return to the original stored frequency.
Message
1
Audio settings
Alt. frequency
2
RDS regional
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
DIGITAL AUDIO BROADCAST
(DAB) RADIO/NAVIGATION
SYSTEM/SYNC
Press the MENU button.
2
Audio settings
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
When selected, AF may appear in the
display.
Action
Message
1
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Regional Mode
Regional mode controls the behavior of
alternative frequencies switching between
regionally related networks of a parent
broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly
large network across a large part of the
country. At various times of the day this
large network may be broken down into a
number of smaller regional networks,
typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional
variants, the whole network caries the
same programming.
205
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
A
CD slot: Where you insert a CD.
B
Eject: Press the button to eject a CD.
C
Passenger airbag information: Informs you when the passenger airbag is
either on or off.
D
INFO: Press the button to access radio, CD, USB, IPod and Navigation
information. If Navigation has been selected, pressing this button will show
details of your current location or journey.
E
MAP: Press the button to access map features.
F
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features.
G
Numeric keypad Press a button to recall a previously stored radio station. In
PHONE mode, you can use the numeric keypad to enter a phone number.
H
Cursor arrows: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices.
I
OK: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections.
206
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
J
Clock: Press the button to select clock setup.
K
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancel
announcements during an active announcement. If Navigation has been selected
pressing this button takes you to the Traffic menu.
L
Function button 4: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
M
Function button 3: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
N
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next radio station up the radio frequency
band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While listening
to a CD, press the button to go to the next track. In PHONE mode, press the
button to end or reject a phone call.
O
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
P
Function button 2: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Q
Function button 1: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
R
Seek down: Press the button to go to the next radio station down the radio
frequency band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While
listening to a CD, press the button to go to the previous track. In PHONE mode,
press the button to begin or accept a phone call.
S
PHONE: Press the button to access the phone feature of the SYNC system by
pressing PHONE then MENU.
T
AUX: Press the button to access the AUX and SYNC features, it will also cancel
the menu or list browsing.
U
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio frequency bands, it will also
cancel the menu or list browsing.
V
CD: Press the button to change source to CD, it will also cancel the menu or
list browsing.
W
NAV: Press the button to access the navigation system.
3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
make the necessary adjustment. The
display indicates the level selected.
4. Press the OK button to confirm the
new settings.
Sound Button
This will allow you to adjust the sound
settings, for example bass, middle and
treble.
1. Press the sound button.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required setting.
Radio Button
Press the RADIO button to select from the
frequency bands available.
207
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
You can use the button to return to radio
reception when you have been listening to
another source.
3. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. A progress bar and message
will appear. When the progress bar
completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute
momentarily as confirmation.
Alternatively, press the left arrow button
to display the available frequency bands.
Scroll to the required frequency band and
press OK.
You can repeat this on each frequency
band and for each preset button.
Station Tuning Control
Note: When you drive to another part of the
country, stations that broadcast on
alternative frequencies, and are stored on
preset buttons, may be updated with the
correct frequency and station name for that
area.
Seek Tuning
Select a frequency band and briefly press
the seek up or seek down button. Seek
tuning will stop at the first radio station it
locates.
Autostore Control
Manual Tuning
Note: This will store up to a maximum of
the 10 strongest signals available, either
from the AM or the FM frequency band, and
overwrite the previously stored stations. You
can also store stations manually in the same
way as other frequency bands.
1. Press function button 2.
2. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
tune down or up the frequency band in
small increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a
station you want to listen to.
3. Press OK to continue listening to a
station.
Note: You must select either FM AST or
AM AST to use this function.
•
Scan Tuning
Scan allows you to listen to a few seconds
of each station detected.
•
1. Press function button 3.
2. Use the seek buttons to scan up or
down the selected frequency band.
3. Press function button 3 again or OK to
continue listening to a station.
Press the MENU button, select audio
mode then press and hold the RADIO
button.
When the search is complete, sound is
restored and the strongest signals are
stored on the autostore presets.
Traffic Information Control
Many stations that broadcast on the FM
frequency band have a TP code to signify
that they carry traffic program information.
Station Preset Buttons
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
This feature allows you to store your
favorite stations, they can be recalled by
selecting the appropriate frequency band
and pressing one of the preset buttons.
Before you can receive traffic
announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will
appear to show the feature is switched on.
1. Select a frequency band.
2. Tune to the station required.
208
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Automatic Volume Control
If you are already tuned to a station that
broadcasts traffic information, TP will also
be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search
for a traffic program.
When available, automatic volume control
adjusts the volume level to compensate
for engine noise and road speed noise.
When traffic information is broadcast, it
will automatically interrupt normal radio
or CD playback and a message will appear
in the display.
Press the MENU button.
Select
If a non-traffic station is selected or
recalled using a preset button, the audio
unit will remain on that station unless TA
or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
1
Audio settings
2
Adaptive volume
1.
Use the left or right arrow button to
adjust the setting.
2. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
3. Press the MENU button to return.
Note: If traffic announcement is on and you
select a preset or manual tune to a non
traffic announcement station no traffic
announcements will be heard.
Note: When you are listening to a non
traffic announcement station and turn
traffic announcement off and on again a TP
seek will occur.
Digital Signal Processing
Digital Signal Processing Occupancy
Traffic Announcement Volume
Traffic announcements interrupt normal
broadcasts at a preset minimum level that
is usually louder than normal listening
volumes.
This feature takes into account the
differences in distance from the various
speakers in your vehicle to each seat. You
must select the correct sitting position for
the audio to be correctly set.
To adjust the preset volume:
Digital Signal Processing Equalizer
•
Use the volume control to make the
necessary adjustment during an
incoming traffic announcement
broadcast. The display will show the
level selected.
Select the music category that most suits
your listening preference. The audio output
will change to enhance the particular style
of music chosen.
Changing the Digital Signal Processing
Settings
Ending Traffic Announcements
The audio unit will return to normal
operation at the end of each traffic
announcement. To end the announcement
prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during
the announcement.
Press the MENU button.
Select
1
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any
other time it will switch all announcements
off.
1.
Audio settings
Scroll to the required digital signal
processing function.
209
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required setting.
3. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
4. Press the MENU button to return.
When selected, the unit continually
evaluates signal strength and, if a better
signal becomes available, the unit will
switch to that alternative. It mutes while
it checks a list of alternative frequencies
and if necessary, it will search once across
the selected frequency band for a genuine
alternative frequency.
News Broadcasts
The audio unit may interrupt normal
reception to broadcast news bulletins from
stations on the FM frequency band, radio
data system or other enhanced network
linked stations.
It will restore radio reception when it finds
one or if one is not found, the unit will
return to the original stored frequency.
When selected, AF may appear in the
display.
The display will indicate there is an
incoming announcement, during news
broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts
for a news broadcast the preset volume
level will be the same as traffic
announcements.
Press the MENU button.
Select
Press the MENU button.
Audio settings
2
News announcement
Audio settings
2
Alt. frequency
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Select
1
1
Regional Mode
Regional mode controls the behavior of
alternative frequencies switching between
regionally related networks of a parent
broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly
large network across a large part of the
country. At various times of the day this
large network may be broken down into a
number of smaller regional networks,
typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional
variants, the whole network caries the
same programming.
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Alternative Frequencies
The majority of programs that broadcast
on the FM frequency band have a program
identification code, it can be recognized by
audio units.
When your vehicle moves from one
transmission area to another with the
alternative frequencies tuning switched
on, this function will search for the
strongest station signal.
Regional mode on: This prevents random
alternative frequency switches when
neighboring regional networks are not
carrying the same programming.
Under certain conditions, however,
alternative frequencies tuning may
temporarily disrupt normal reception.
210
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Regional mode off: This allows a larger
coverage area if neighboring regional
networks are carrying the same
programming, but can cause random
alternative frequency switches if they are
not.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
DIGITAL AUDIO BROADCAST
(DAB) RADIO
Press the MENU button.
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
WARNING
Select
1
Audio settings
2
RDS regional
1. Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
211
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
A
Display: Shows the status of the current mode selected.
B
USB socket: Insert to play audio from a compatible external device or memory
stick.
C
SET: Press the button to adjust the sound settings for bass, treble, balance
and fade.
D
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next station up the radio frequency band
or the next track. Seek down: Press the button to go to the next station down
the radio frequency band or the previous track. In Bluetooth audio and USB
modes press the buttons to go to the next or previous track.
D
Dial and end call: Press the button to make and end a call. The steering wheel
controls can also be used for this. See Steering Wheel (page 37).
E
Numeric keypad: Press the button to recall a previously stored station. To
store a favorite station press and hold until the sound returns.
F
Clock: Press the button to select clock setup.
212
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
G
Information: Press the button to access more information if it does not fit the
display.
H
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancel
announcements during an active announcement.
I
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
J
Microphone: Cell phone microphone.
K
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features, depending
on which mode has been selected.
L
PHONE:Press the button to access the phone feature of the SYNC system.
M
AUX: Press the button to access Bluetooth audio streaming, USB or Aux input
playback.
N
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio bands. Press to cancel the
menu or list browsing.
O
Cursor up and down: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices. In
radio mode press to manual tune.
P
OK, Play and Pause: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections. Press
to play or pause during playback with compatible external devices.
Set Button
Station Tuning Control
This will allow you to adjust the sound
settings, for example bass, treble, balance
and fade.
Seek Tuning
Select a frequency band and briefly press
the seek up or seek down button. Seek
tuning will stop at the first radio station it
locates.
1.
Press the SET button until the required
setting is displayed.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the required level.
3. Press the OK button to confirm the
new settings.
Manual Tuning
Use the up and down arrow buttons to
tune down or up the frequency band in
small increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a station
you want to listen to.
Radio Button
Press the RADIO button to select from the
frequency bands available.
Station Preset Buttons
You can use the button to return to radio
reception when you have been listening to
another source.
This feature allows you to store your
favorite stations. They can be recalled by
selecting the appropriate frequency band
and pressing one of the preset buttons.
1. Select a frequency band.
2. Tune to the station required.
213
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
3. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. A progress bar and message
will appear. When the progress bar
completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute
momentarily as confirmation.
Note: When you are listening to a non
traffic announcement station and turn
traffic announcement off and on again a TP
seek will occur.
You can repeat this on each frequency
band and for each preset button.
Traffic announcements interrupt normal
broadcasts at a preset minimum level that
is usually louder than normal listening
volumes.
Traffic Announcement Volume
Note: When you drive to another part of the
country, stations that broadcast on
alternative frequencies, and are stored on
preset buttons, may be updated with the
correct frequency and station name for that
area.
To adjust the preset volume use the
volume control to make the necessary
adjustment during an incoming traffic
announcement broadcast. The display will
show the level selected.
Traffic Information Control
Ending Traffic Announcements
Many stations that broadcast on the FM
frequency band have a TP code to signify
that they carry traffic program information.
The audio unit will return to normal
operation at the end of each traffic
announcement. To end the announcement
prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during
the announcement.
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any
other time it will switch all announcements
off.
Before you can receive traffic
announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will
appear to show the feature is switched on.
News Broadcasts
If you are already tuned to a station that
broadcasts traffic information, TP will also
be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search
for a traffic program.
The audio unit may interrupt normal
reception to broadcast news bulletins from
stations on the FM frequency band, radio
data system or other enhanced network
linked stations.
When traffic information is broadcast, it
will automatically interrupt normal radio
or device playback.
The display will indicate there is an
incoming announcement, during news
broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts
for a news broadcast the preset volume
level will be the same as traffic
announcements.
If a non-traffic station is selected or
recalled using a preset button, the audio
unit will remain on that station unless TA
or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
Note: If traffic announcement is on and you
select a preset or manual tune to a non
traffic announcement station no traffic
announcement will be heard.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Scroll to the news option and turn on
or off with the up and down arrow
buttons.
3. Press the OK button to return.
214
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Alternative Frequencies
large network may be broken down into a
number of smaller regional networks,
typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional
variants, the whole network caries the
same programming.
The majority of programs that broadcast
on the FM frequency band have a program
identification code, it can be recognized by
audio units.
When your vehicle moves from one
transmission area to another with the
alternative frequencies tuning switched
on, this function will search for the
strongest station signal.
Regional mode on: This prevents random
alternative frequency switches when
neighboring regional networks are not
carrying the same programming.
Regional mode off: This allows a larger
coverage area if neighboring regional
networks are carrying the same
programming, but can cause random
alternative frequency switches if they are
not.
Under certain conditions, however,
alternative frequencies tuning may
temporarily disrupt normal reception.
When selected, the unit continually
evaluates signal strength and, if a better
signal becomes available, the unit will
switch to that alternative. It mutes while
it checks a list of alternative frequencies
and if necessary, it will search once across
the selected frequency band for a genuine
alternative frequency.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Scroll to the region option and turn on
or off with the up and down arrow
buttons.
3. Press the OK button to return.
It will restore radio reception when it finds
one or if one is not found, the unit will
return to the original stored frequency.
Phone
When selected, AF will appear in the
display.
This section describes the functions and
features of the Bluetooth cell phone hands
free system.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Scroll to the AF option and turn to auto
or off with the up and down arrow
buttons.
3. Press the OK button to return.
The Bluetooth cell phone part of the
system provides interaction with the audio
system and your cell phone. It allows you
to use the audio system to make and
receive calls without having to hold your
cell phone.
Regional Mode
Note: Using the system with the engine off
will drain the battery.
Regional mode controls the behavior of
alternative frequencies switching between
regionally related networks of a parent
broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly
large network across a large part of the
country. At various times of the day this
215
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Note: As no common agreement exists, cell
phone manufacturers are able to implement
a variety of profiles in their Bluetooth
devices. Because of this, an incompatibility
can occur between the phone and hands
free system, which in some cases may
significantly degrade the system
performance. To avoid this situation, only
recommended phones should be used. To
check if your cell phone is compatible, refer
to the cell phone user manual or visit the
regional Ford website.
The following procedure is required before
an initial Bluetooth phone connection can
be made.
Bluetooth Setup
Note: If the ignition is switched off the
phone call will remain in progress.
Note: Up to five Bluetooth devices can be
paired to the system.
Note: If there is an ongoing call when the
phone in use is selected as the new active
phone, the call is transferred to the vehicle
audio system.
Note: Even if connected to the system, your
phone can still be used in the usual way.
Before you can use your cell phone with
your vehicle it must be paired to the audio
system.
Message
ADD DEVICE
Description and Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SET PRIMARY
1.
LOAD PHONEBK
1.
Press the PHONE button and then keep pressing the
MENU button to scroll to the screen display term. Press
the OK button.
Press the OK button again and note the six digit number
displayed.
Search for Bluetooth devices using the cell phone. For
information on phone settings, refer to your cell phone
user manual.
Select FORD AUDIO from the list of Bluetooth devices
found by your phone.
Enter the six digit number into your cell phone when
prompted to pair the audio system and cell phone.
Once pairing has been successful the screen display term
will be shown on the audio display.
2. Press the OK button twice to confirm your cell phone as
the primary device for all future connections.
The screen display term will then be displayed on the
audio unit. Press the OK button twice to confirm that the
contents of your phonebook are downloaded to the
system.
2. The Bluetooth device name is displayed on the audio unit.
216
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Phonebook Downloading
Phone options
If your phonebook was not downloaded
during initial Bluetooth pairing follow this
process:
1. Press the PHONE button and then
keep pressing the MENU button to
scroll to the load phonebook option.
2. Press the OK button.
REDIAL
PHONEBOOK
CALL HISTORY
ADD DEVICE
Deleting a Paired Device or Cell Phone
SEL DEVICE
To remove a paired device follow this
process:
1. Press the PHONE button and then
keep pressing the MENU button to
scroll to the delete device option.
2. Press the OK button. The first paired
device name will be shown. Scroll to
the required device name using the up
and down arrow buttons. Select delete
all to erase all paired devices.
3. Press the OK button multiple times to
remove the device from the audio unit.
SET PRIMARY
DEL DEVICE
BT
BT OFF
LOAD PHONEBK
Press the OK button to select the required
option, and use the up and down arrows
to change features.
Making and Receiving Calls
Privacy Mode
Outgoing calls can be made by:
• Entering a number using the numeric
keypad.
• Selecting a contact from the
downloaded phonebook.
• Selecting a number or contact from the
call history log.
• Using quick dial by pressing one of the
radio preset buttons.
• Using the redial function.
• Using the cell phone.
You can transfer a call from hands free to
private mode during an active call.
Press the MENU button until the privacy
option appears, then press the OK button
to transfer. To return to hands free mode,
press the dial button.
Phone Menu Options
Press the PHONE button to select phone
mode. Press the PHONE button again to
display information such as phone name,
signal strength and battery level.
Incoming calls can be answered by:
• Pressing the call pickup button on the
audio unit.
• Using the cell phone.
When in phone mode, press the MENU
button to scroll through the various phone
options.
Calls can be rejected using the end call
button on the audio unit, or by using the
cell phone directly.
217
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
USB
Press the seek up and down keys to skip
forward or backward through tracks. Press
and hold to fast forward and reverse
through the track.
Note: Only use USB Mass-Storage device
compliant devices.
Note: Always switch your audio unit to a
different source (for example the radio)
before unplugging the USB device.
Message
AUTOPL
Note: Do not install or connect USB hubs
or splitters.
Note: The system is only designed to
recognize and read suitable audio files from
a USB device that conforms to the USB
Mass-Storage device class or an iPod. Not
all available USB devices can be guaranteed
to function with the system.
Description
USB playback will start
automatically when you
connect a compatible
device. To turn this feature
off, select this option and
turn off using the menu
function.
iPod
Note: It is possible to connect compatible
devices with a trailing USB lead as well as
those that plug into the USB socket directly
(for example USB memory sticks and pen
drives).
Connect the iPod to the audio unit.
Select the iPod as the audio source by
pressing the AUX button until the iPod
option appears in the display. After first
connecting the iPod, the first track within
the first folder will start to play
automatically. Following audio source
switching, the position of playback on the
iPod is remembered.
Note: Some USB devices with a higher
power consumption may not be compatible
(for example some larger hard drives).
Note: Access time to read the files on the
external device will vary depending upon
factors such as the file structure, size and
device content.
Press the seek up and down keys to skip
backward and forward through tracks.
Press and hold the seek keys to enable fast
rewind or fast forward through track
content.
The audio unit supports a range of external
devices. Once connected, control of the
external device is possible via the audio
unit.
Various functions may be controlled from
the audio unit including:
• Next and previous track select.
• Track seek.
• Shuffle.
• Repeat.
Operating the USB Device
Connect the device to the audio unit.
Select the USB device as the audio source
by pressing the AUX button until the USB
screen appears in the display. After first
connecting the USB device, the first track
within the first folder will start to play
automatically. Following audio source
switching, the position of playback on the
USB device is remembered.
Bluetooth Audio Streaming
Compatible Bluetooth devices can be
connected to the audio unit to playback
using the vehicle audio system.
218
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Select the device as the audio source by
pressing the AUX button until the
Bluetooth audio option appears in the
display.
Note: Make sure the device is paired before
using this feature.
The device playback can be controlled
using the audio unit buttons play, pause,
next and previous track.
Hereby, Visteon Corporation, declares that
this Bluetooth enabled car radio is in
compliance with the essential
requirements and other relevant provisions
of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Declaration of Conformity
219
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Radio Station Tuning Controls
DIGITAL RADIO
Seek Tuning (Alternative 1)
The system allows you to listen to DAB
(Digital Audio Broadcast) radio stations.
Press a seek button. The system will stop
at the first radio station it finds in the
direction chosen.
Note: Coverage differs from region to region
and will influence the quality of reception.
It is broadcast nationwide, regionally and
locally.
Radio Station List (Alternative 2)
This feature displays all the available radio
stations in a list.
The following formats are supported:
• DAB
• DAB+
• DMB-Audio (Digital Multimedia
Broadcasting).
1. Press function button 1.
2. Press the left or right arrow buttons to
change ensembles. Press the up or
down arrow button to navigate to your
required radio station.
3. Press OK to confirm your selection.
Note: The display will only show radio
stations in the current ensemble.
Ensembles
Ensembles contain a group of radio
stations. Each ensemble can consist of
several different radio stations.
Manual Tuning (Alternative 3)
The radio station name displays below the
ensemble name.
1. Press function button 2.
2. Press the left or right arrow button to
tune up or down the waveband in small
increments. Press and hold to move
through the waveband quickly.
3. Press OK to confirm your selection.
Note: Seek tuning is also possible within
this screen.
Note: When you tune from one ensemble
to another, it can take a while until the
system synchronizes to the next ensemble.
The system mutes during synchronization.
Selecting Radio Band
DAB1 and DAB2 operate in the same way.
You can store up to 10 different presets on
each band.
Radio Station Preset Buttons
1. Press the RADIO button.
2. Press the left arrow button to display
the available wavebands.
3. Select DAB1 or DAB2.
Note: When you reach the first or last radio
station within an ensemble, further tuning
will skip to the next ensemble. There may
be a delay during this change and the audio
will briefly mute.
This feature allows you to store up to 10
favorite radio stations from any ensemble
in each preset bank.
1. Select a radio station.
2. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. A progress bar and message
will appear. When the progress bar
completes the radio station has been
stored. The system will mute
momentarily as confirmation.
Once stored press a preset button at any
time to select a favourite radio station.
220
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
Note: Radio stations stored on the preset
buttons may not always be available if you
have left the coverage area. The system will
mute when this happens.
WARNINGS
handheld device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you are
aware of all applicable local laws that may
affect the use of electronic devices while
driving.
Radio Text
You can display extra information. For
example; artist name. To switch this option
on, select a radio station and press
function button 3.
For safety reasons, do not connect
or adjust the settings on your
portable music player while your
vehicle is moving.
Note: Extra information may not always be
available.
Store the portable music player in a
secure location, such as the center
console or the glove box, when your
vehicle is in moving. Hard objects may
become projectiles in a collision or sudden
stop, which may increase the risk of serious
injury. The audio extension cable must be
long enough to allow the portable music
player to be safely stored while your
vehicle is moving.
Service Linking
If you leave the coverage area of a DAB
radio station the system will automatically
switch to the corresponding FM radio
station.
You can switch this feature on and off
using the information display. See General
Information (page 59).
Note: If a DAB radio station has no
corresponding FM radio station, the audio
will mute when attempting to switch.
The auxiliary input jack allows you to
connect and play music from your portable
music player through your vehicle speakers.
You can use any portable music player
designed for use with headphones. Your
audio extension cable must have male
one-eighth inch (three and one-half
millimeter) connectors at each end.
Note: The system will display the FM
symbol when DAB and FM radio stations
link.
AUDIO INPUT JACK
1.
Make sure your vehicle is stationary
with the radio and portable music
players turned off.
2. Plug the extension cable from the
portable music player into the auxiliary
input jack.
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, accident and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device or feature that may take your focus
off the road. Your primary responsibility is
the safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
3. Switch the radio on. Select either a
tuned FM station or a CD.
4. Adjust the volume as desired.
5. Switch the portable music player on
and adjust its volume to half its
maximum level.
221
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Audio System
6. Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN
appears in the display. You should hear
music from your device even if it is low.
7. Adjust the volume on your portable
music player until it reaches the volume
level of the FM station or CD. Do this
by switching back and forth between
the AUX and FM or CD controls.
USB PORT
See Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player (page 245).
AUDIO TROUBLESHOOTING
Audio unit display
Rectification
Please check CD
General error message for CD fault conditions, for
example cannot read the CD, data-CD inserted, etc.
Make sure the disc is loaded correctly. Clean and re-try,
or replace disc with known music disc. If error persists
contact an authorized dealer.
CD drive malfunction
General error message for CD fault conditions. For
example a mechanism fault.
CD drive high temp.
Ambient temperature too hot – unit will not work until
it has cooled down.
222
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYNC is an in-vehicle communications
system that works with your
Bluetooth-enabled cell phone and
portable media player.
•
This allows you to:
• Make and receive calls
• Access and play music from your
media player
• Use Emergency Assistance and
*
applications, via SYNC Applink
*
•
Support
•
•
•
Use the advanced voice recognition
system
Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this)
These features are not available in all
markets and may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.
Access phonebook contacts and music
using voice commands
Stream music from your connected cell
phone
Select pre-defined text messages (if
your device supports this)
For further support, see an authorized
dealer. For more information, visit the
regional Ford website.
223
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Safety Information
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. The log profile and other
system data may be used to improve the
system and help diagnose any problems
that may occur.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
The cell phone profile, media player index
and development log will remain in the
system unless deleted. They are generally
accessible in your vehicle only when you
connect your cell phone or media player.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you complete
a master reset to erase all stored
information. See Information Displays
(page 59).
When using SYNC:
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Carefully place cords and
cables where you cannot step on them
or they do not interfere with the
operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. Refer to
your device's manual for further
information.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.
Special equipment is required to access
system data. Access to your vehicle's
SYNC module is also required. We will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described without consent.
Examples where system data can be
accessed are for a court order, where
required by law enforcement, other
government authorities or other third
parties acting with lawful authority. Other
parties may seek to access the information
independently of us. Further privacy
information is available. See SYNC™
Applications and Services (page 238).
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
Privacy Information
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
steering wheel and focus on what is in front
of you.
When a cell phone is connected to SYNC,
the system creates a profile that is linked
to that cell phone. The system creates the
profile to offer you more mobile features
and to operate more efficiently. Among
other things, this profile may contain data
about your phonebook, text messages
(read and unread) and call history. This
will include the history of calls when your
cell phone was not connected to the
system. If you connect a media player, the
system creates and retains an index of
Helpful Hints
Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as
quiet as possible. Wind noise from open
windows and road vibrations may prevent
the system from correctly recognizing
spoken commands.
224
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Before giving a voice command, wait for
the system announcement to finish
followed by a single beep. Any command
spoken before this does not register with
the system.
You can interrupt the system at any time
while it is speaking by pressing the voice
button. You can also cancel a voice session
at any time by pressing and holding the
voice button.
Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
Initiating a Voice Session
Press the voice button located
on the steering wheel. A list of
available commands appears in
the display.
Global voice commands
(cancel | stop | exit)
This command ends the voice session. You
can also cancel a session by holding the
voice button for two or more seconds.
help
This command provides you with hints,
examples and instructions.
main menu
This command restarts the voice session
from the initial starting point.
The default setting is to a higher level of
interaction in order to help you learn to use
the system. You can change these settings
at any time.
System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and your chosen level of
interaction. You can customize the voice
recognition system to provide more or less
instruction and feedback.
Adjusting the Interaction Level
Press the voice button. When
prompted:
Command
voice settings
Description
Provides access to change the interaction level.
Then any of the following:
Command
Description
interaction mode
advanced
Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts.
interaction mode novice
Provides more detailed interaction and guidance.
225
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Confirmation prompts are short questions
the system asks when it is not sure of your
request or when there is more than one
possible response to your request. For
example, the system may ask if the
command phone is correct.
Press the voice button. When prompted:
Command
voice settings
Description
Provides access to change the confirmation prompt setting.
Then any of the following:
Command
Description
confirmation prompts off Makes a best guess from the command. You may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings.
confirmation prompts on Clarifies your voice command with a short question.
The system creates suggestion lists when
it has the same confidence level of several
options based on your voice commands.
When switched on, the system may
prompt you with as many as four
possibilities for clarification.
Command
Description
media candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the media suggestion list. The
system may occasionally ask you questions.
media candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for media suggestions.
phone candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the cell phone suggestion list. The
system may occasionally ask you questions.
phone candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for cell phone suggestions.
Press the MENU button.
Changing the Voice Settings
You can change the voice settings using
the information and entertainment display.
226
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
You can then select the following:
Action
Message
SYNC-Settings
Voice settings
Enters menu for voice options.
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up or down arrows on your audio system.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE
1.
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on
your cell phone is switched on before
starting the search. Refer to your
device's manual if necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button. When the
audio display indicates that no phones
are paired, select the option to add.
3. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your cell phone to start the
pairing process.
4. Select SYNC on your cell phone.
5. Wait until the PIN appears on the
phone display. Compare the PIN on the
phone with the PIN shown in the audio
display and accept the request on the
phone and the vehicle display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
Note: In some cases the phone will request
to enter a PIN. Enter the six-digit PIN
provided by the system in the audio display.
The display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. While the system
supports a variety of features, many are
dependent on your cell phone's
functionality.
At a minimum, most cell phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the
following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Using privacy mode.
• Dialing a number.
• Redialing.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.
Other features such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download are cell phone dependent
features. To check your cell phone's
compatibility, refer to your device's manual
or visit the regional Ford website.
Depending on your cell phone's capability
and your market, the system may prompt
you with questions such as setting the
current cell phone as the primary cell
phone (the cell phone the system
automatically tries to connect with first
when you switch the ignition on) or
downloading your phonebook.
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First
Time
Wirelessly pairing your cell phone with the
system allows you to make and receive
hands-free calls.
Note: You must switch the ignition and
radio on.
227
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
The information display may
show your cell phone's battery
charge level and signal strength.
1.
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on
your cell phone is switched on before
starting the search. Refer to your
device's manual if necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button.
3. Select the option for Bluetooth devices.
4. Press the OK button.
5. Select the option to add. This starts
the pairing process.
6. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device to start the
pairing process.
7. Select SYNC on your cell phone.
8. Wait until the PIN appears on the
phone display. Compare the PIN on the
phone with the PIN shown in the audio
display and accept the request on the
phone and the vehicle display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
Note: In some cases the phone will request
to enter a PIN. Enter the six-digit PIN
provided by the system in the audio display.
The display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
Using Voice Commands
Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
Voice Command
Action and Description
(pair ([Bluetooth] Follow the instrucdevice | phone |
tions on the audio
Bluetooth [audio]) display.
| add phone)
Words in square brackets [ ] are optional
and do not have to be spoken for the
system to understand the command.
Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone (the phone
SYNC automatically tries to connect with
first upon vehicle start-up) and
downloading your phonebook.
The system may prompt you with
questions such as setting the current cell
phone as the primary cell phone or
downloading your phonebook.
Cell Phone Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones
Wirelessly pairing your cell phone with the
system allows you to make and receive
hands-free calls.
Voice Command
Note: You must switch the ignition and
radio on.
(phone | Blackberry | iPhone | Mobile)
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up or down arrows on your audio system.
Then say any of the following:
call (___)
call ___ at home
228
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice Command
Voice Command
call ___ ([at] work | [(in | at) [the]] office)
(turn ringer off | silent mode [on])
call ___ on (mobile | cell)
[text] (messages | message)
call ___ on other
3
Help
dial [[a] number]
1
([go to] privacy [on] | transfer to
phone | handsfree off)
(hold call [on] | (put | place) call on
hold)
2
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it
could be the name of anything, such as a
group, artist or song. For example you
could say "Play artist The Beetles".
2
1
See Dial table below.
2
join (call | calls)
2
mute [call] [on]
2
(mute [call] off | Unmute [call])
2
These commands are only valid while in
a phone call.
3
Dial Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted
say any of the following commands:
(turn ringer on | silent mode off)
Voice Command
See the text message table below.
Action and Description
Pound
This will add a # symbol to the number or name.
Number
0 (zero) to 9 (nine)
Asterisk or Star
This will add a * symbol to the number or name.
clear
Deletes all entered digits
(delete | correct)
Deletes the last set of entered digits.
Plus
This will add a + symbol to the number or name.
Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the phone button or any button on the audio unit.
Phonebook Hints
Menu Item
To hear how the SYNC system speaks a
name browse phonebook, select a contact
and press:
Hear it
Making a Call
Press the voice button and when prompted
say either:
229
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice
Command
To end the call, press the end call button
on the steering wheel or select the end call
option in the audio display and press OK.
Action and Description
Receiving a Call
call
(someone
| [[a]
name])
dial [[a]
number]
When receiving a call, you can:
• Answer the call by pressing the accept
call button on the steering wheel or by
selecting the accept call option in the
audio display and pressing the OK
button.
• Reject the call by pressing the reject
call button on the steering wheel or by
selecting the reject call option in the
audio display and pressing the OK
button.
• Ignore the call by doing nothing.
SYNC prompts you to say
the numbers that you wish
to dial. After you say the
numbers, the system
confirms it.
When the system has stated the
number, you say any of the following:
Voice
Command
Action and Description
(dial |
send)
This initiates the call.
Cell Phone Options During an
Active Call
(delete |
correct)
To erase the last spoken
digit.
During an active call, you have extra menu
features which become available, for
example putting a call on hold.
clear
To erase all spoken digits.
Menu Item
To access this menu, choose one of the
options available at the bottom of the
audio display or select the option for more.
Action and Description
Mic. off
Turn your vehicle's microphone off. To turn the microphone
on, select the option again.
Privacy
Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to your
cell phone for a more private conversation. When selected,
the audio display will indicate the call is private.
Hold
Put an active call on hold. When selected, the audio display
will indicate the call is on hold.
Dial a number
Enter numbers using the audio system numeric keypad, for
example numbers for passwords.
230
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
Join calls
Join two separate calls. The system supports a maximum of
three callers on a multi-party or conference call.
1. Select the option for more.
2. Access the desired contact through the system or use
voice commands to place the second call. Once actively
in the second call, select the option for more.
3. Scroll to the option to join calls and press the OK button.
Phonebook
Access your phonebook contacts.
1. Select the option for more.
2. Scroll to the option for phonebook and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Call history
Access your call history log.
1. Select the option for more.
2. Scroll to the option until call history appears. Press the
OK button.
3. Scroll through your call history options (incoming,
outgoing or missed).
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
The system attempts to automatically
re-download your phonebook and call
history each time your cell phone connects
to the system. You must turn on the auto
download feature if your cell phone
supports it.
Accessing Features Through the
Cell Phone Menu
You can access your call history,
phonebook, sent text messages as well as
access cell phone and system settings.
You can also access advanced features
such as emergency assistance.
Note: This is a cell phone dependent
feature.
1.
Press the PHONE button to enter the
cell phone menu.
2. Select one of the options available.
231
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
Dial a number
Dial a number using the audio system numeric keypad.
Redial
Redial the last number called (if available). Press the OK
button to select.
Phonebook
Access your downloaded phonebook.
1. Press the OK button to confirm and enter. You can use
the options at the bottom of the screen to quickly access
an alphabetical category. You can also use the letters on
the keypad to jump in the list.
2. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
3. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
4. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Call history
Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select either incoming calls, outgoing calls or
missed calls. Press the OK button to make your selection.
3. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Speed Dial
Select one of 10 speed dial entries. To set a speed dial entry,
go to the phonebook and press and hold one of the numbers
on the audio system numeric keypad.
Text messaging
Send, download and delete text messages.
BT Devices
Access the following option for Bluetooth device menu listings:
Add
Delete
Conn.
Discon.
Master
Phone settings
View various settings and features on your cell phone.
232
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Text Messaging
Note: This is a speed-dependent feature
and is only available when your vehicle is
traveling at 3.1 mph (5 km/h) or less.
The system allows you to receive, send,
download and delete text messages. The
system can also read incoming text
messages to you so that you do not have
to take your eyes off the road.
When a new message arrives, an audible
tone sounds and the audio display
indicates you have a new message.
Note: This is a cell phone dependent
feature.
To hear the message you can say:
Voice command
Action and Description
(listen to | read)
([text] message)
Select this option
to have the system
read the message
to you.
Receiving a Text Message
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
Your phone must support downloading text
messages using Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
Using the screen you also have the following options:
Menu
Item
Action and Description
Ignore
Select this option, or do nothing, and the message goes into your text message
inbox.
View
Select the view option to open the text message. Once selected, you have
the ability to have the message read to you, to view other messages. For
additional options select:
More...
If you select this option, use the arrow button to scroll through the
following options:
Reply to
sender
Press the OK button to access, and then scroll
through a list of pre-defined messages to send.
Call sender
Press the OK button to call the sender of the
message.
Forward
msg.
Press the OK button to forward the message to
anyone in your phonebook or call history. You can
also choose to enter a number.
2. Select the text messaging option, then
press the OK button.
Sending, Downloading and Deleting
Your Text Messages
1.
Choose from the following:
Press the PHONE button.
233
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
New
When you select the option to send a text message, a list of
pre-defined messages appear in the audio display. Allows
you to send a new text message based on a pre-defined set
of 15 messages.
View
Allows you to read the full message and in addition provides
the option to have the message read out to you by the system.
To go to the next message select the more option. This allows
you to reply to the sender, call the sender or forward the
message.
Delete
Allows you to delete current text messages from the system
(not your cell phone). The audio display indicates when all
your text messages have been deleted.
More...
Allows you to delete all messages or to manually trigger a
download of all unread messages from your cell phone.
Note: Only one recipient is allowed per text
message.
Sending a Text Message
1.
Select the send option when the
desired selection is highlighted in the
audio display.
2. Select the confirmation option when
the contact appears and press the OK
button again to confirm when the
system asks if you would like to send
the message. Each text message is
sent with a pre-defined signature.
Note: You can send text messages two
ways. You can chose a contact from your
phonebook, call history or by entering a
phone number and selecting the text option
from the audio display. You can also reply
to a received message in the inbox.
Accessing Your Cell Phone
Settings
These are cell phone dependent features.
Your cell phone settings allow you to
access and adjust features such as your
ringtone, text message notification, modify
your phonebook and set up automatic
download.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the phone settings option
appears, then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
234
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
Set as master
If this option is checked, the system will use this cell phone
as the master when there is more than one cell phone paired
to the system. This option can be changed for all paired cell
phones (not only for the active one) using the Bluetooth
devices menu.
Phone status
See the cell phone name, provider name, cell phone number,
signal level and battery level. When done, press the left arrow
button to return to the cell phone status menu.
Set ringtone
Select which ringtone sounds during an incoming call (one
of the system's or your cell phone's). If your cell phone
supports in-band ringing, your cell phone's ringtone sounds
when you choose the cell phone ringtone option.
1. Press the OK button to select and scroll to hear each
ringtone.
2. Press the OK button to select.
Text msg notify
Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when
a text message arrives. Press the OK button to turn the
audible tone on or off.
Phonebook pref.
Modify the contents of your phonebook, e.g. add, delete,
download. Press the OK button to select and scroll between
the options in the table below.
To modify the phone book preferences,
choose from the following:
235
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
Add contacts
Push the desired contacts on your cell phone. Refer to your
device's manual on how to push contacts. Press the OK
button to add more contacts from your phonebook.
Delete
When a message asking you to delete appears, select the
option to confirm. Press the OK button to delete the current
phonebook and call history. The system takes you back to
the menu for phone settings.
Download now
Press the OK button to select and download your phonebook
to the system.
Auto-download
When automatic download is switched on, any changes,
additions or deletions saved in the system since your last
download are deleted.
When automatic download is switched off, your phonebook
will not be downloaded when your cell phone connects to
the system.
Your phonebook, call history and text messages can only be
accessed when your paired cell phone is connected to the
system.
Check or uncheck this option to automatically download your
phonebook each time your cell phone connects to the system.
Downloading times are cell phone dependent and quantity
dependent.
Bluetooth Devices Menu Options
Bluetooth Devices
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the Bluetooth device option
appears, then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
This menu provides access to your
Bluetooth devices. Use the arrow buttons
to scroll through the menu options. It
allows you to add, connect and delete
devices and set a cell phone as primary.
Menu Item
Add
Action and Description
Pair additional cell phones to the system.
1. Select the option to add to start the pairing process.
2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio
display, search for SYNC on your cell phone. Refer to your
device's manual if necessary.
3. Select SYNC on your cell phone.
236
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
4. Wait until the PIN appears on the phone display. Compare
the PIN on the phone with the PIN shown in the audio
display and accept the request on the phones and the
vehicles display. The display indicates when the pairing
*
is successful.
5. When the option to set the cell phone as the primary cell
phone appears, select either yes or no.
6. Depending on the functionality of your cell phone, the
system may ask you extra questions (for example, if you
would like to download your phonebook). Select either
yes or no to confirm your response.
Delete
After deleting a cell phone from the list, the cell phone can
only be connected again by repeating the full pairing process.
Select the delete option and confirm when the system asks
to delete the selected device.
Master
The system attempts to connect with the primary cell phone
every time you switch the ignition on. When a cell phone is
selected as primary, it appears first in the list and is marked
with an asterisk.
Set a previously paired cell phone as your primary cell phone.
Select the master option to confirm the primary cell phone.
Conn.
Connect a previously paired cell phone. You can only have
one cell phone connected at a time to use the cell phone
functionality. When another cell phone is connected, the
previous cell phone will be disconnected from the telephone
services. The system allows you to use different Bluetooth
devices for the cell phone functionality and the Bluetooth
audio music playback feature at the same time.
Discon.
Disconnects the selected cell phone. Select this option and
confirm when asked to. After disconnecting a cell phone, it
can be connected again without repeating the full pairing
process.
*
In some cases the phone will request to enter a PIN. Enter the six-digit PIN provided by
the system in the audio display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
2. Select the SYNC settings option, then
press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
System Settings
1.
Press the MENU button.
237
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
Bluetooth on
Check or uncheck this option to turn the Bluetooth interface
of the system on or off. Select this option then press the OK
button to change the option's status.
Set defaults
This selection does not erase your indexed information
(phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices).
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. Return to the factory default settings.
Master reset
Completely erase all information stored on the system
(phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices)
and return to the factory default settings.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. The display indicates when complete and the system
takes you back to the previous menu.
Install on SYNC
Install applications or software updates you have downloaded.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. There must be a valid SYNC application or update
available on the USB thumb drive in order to finish an
installation successfully.
System info
Display the system's version numbers as well as its serial
number.
Press the OK button to select.
Voice settings
The voice settings submenu contains various options. See
Using Voice Recognition (page 224).
Browse USB
Browse the actual menu structure of the connected USB
device. Press the OK button and use the up or down arrows
to scroll through the folders and files. Use the left or right
arrows to enter and leave a folder. Media content can be
directly selected for playback from this menu.
Press the MENU button to enter the
system menu.
SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES
A list of available applications appears.
Each application may have its own specific
settings.
238
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Message
SYNC-Apps
Description and Action
Scroll to this option, and then press OK.
If a crash deploys an airbag or triggers the
fuel pump shut off, the system may
contact emergency services through a
paired and connected cell phone. For more
information about the system and
Emergency Assistance, visit the regional
Ford website.
SYNC Emergency Assistance
WARNINGS
For this feature to work, your cell
phone must have Bluetooth and be
compatible with the system.
Always place your cell phone in a
secure location inside your vehicle.
Failure to do so may cause serious
injury to someone or damage the cell
phone which could prevent this feature
from working correctly.
Note: Before selecting this feature, you
must read the Emergency Assistance privacy
notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: When you switch this feature on or
off, that setting applies for all paired cell
phones. If you have turned this feature off
and a previously paired phone connects
when you switch on the ignition, either a
voice message plays, a display message or
icon is shown, or both.
Unless the feature setting is switched
on prior to a crash, the system will
not attempt to place an emergency
call which could delay the response time,
potentially increasing the risk of serious
injury or death. Do not wait for the system
to make an emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid a delayed response
time. If you do not hear Emergency
Assistance within five seconds of the crash,
the system or cell phone may be damaged
or non-functional.
Note: Every cell phone operates differently.
While this feature works with most cell
phones, some cell phones may experience
difficulties using this feature.
Note: Make sure you are familiar with the
information about airbag deployment. See
Supplementary Restraints System (page
27).
Switching Emergency Assistance
On and Off
Press the MENU button then select:
Message
Action
SYNC-Apps
Press OK.
Emerg. assist
Press OK. Select the option you require and press OK.
239
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Display Options
In the Event of a Crash
If you switch on this feature, a confirmation
message appears in the display.
Note: Not every crash deploys an airbag or
triggers the fuel pump shut off (which may
turn on Emergency Assistance). However,
if Emergency Assistance is triggered the
system tries to contact the emergency
services. If a connected cell phone sustains
damage or loses connection to the system,
it searches for and tries to connect to any
available previously paired cell phone. The
system attempts to make an emergency
call.
If you switch off this feature, a dialog will
appear in the display, which allows you to
set a voice reminder.
Off with voice reminder provides a display
and voice reminder when your cell phone
connects and your vehicle starts.
Off without voice reminder provides a
display reminder only without a voice
reminder when your cell phone connects.
Before making a call:
• If you do not cancel the call and SYNC
makes a successful call, an
introductory message plays for the
emergency operator. After this
message, there is hands-free
communication between your vehicle's
occupants and the operator.
• The system provides a short window
of time (approximately 10 seconds) to
cancel the call. If you do not cancel the
call, the system attempts to make an
emergency call.
• The system plays a message letting
you know when it attempts to make an
emergency call. You can cancel the call
by selecting the relevant function
button or by pressing the end call
button on the steering wheel.
To make sure that Emergency Assistance
works correctly:
• The system must have power and be
working correctly at the time of the
crash and during feature activation and
use.
• You must switch on the feature before
a crash.
• You must have a cell phone connected
to the system.
• In certain countries, it may be
necessary to have a valid and
registered SIM card with credit in order
to place and maintain an emergency
call.
• A connected cell phone must have the
ability to make and maintain an
outgoing call at the time of the crash.
• A connected cell phone must have
adequate network coverage, battery
power and signal strength.
• Your vehicle must have battery power.
Note: This feature only works in countries
or regions where SYNC Emergency
Assistance can call the local emergency
services. Visit the regional Ford website for
details.
240
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
During a call:
• Emergency Assistance uses your
vehicle GPS or cellular network
information when available to
determine the most appropriate
language to use. It alerts the
emergency operator of the crash and
delivers the introductory message. This
may include your vehicle GPS
coordinates.
• The language the system uses to
interact with the occupants of your
vehicle may differ from the language
used to deliver information to the
emergency operator.
• After the delivery of the introductory
message the voice line opens so that
you can speak hands-free with the
emergency operator.
• When the line is connected, you must
be prepared to provide your name,
phone number and location
information immediately.
Note: The emergency operator may also
receive information from the cellular
network such as cell phone number, cell
phone location and cell phone carrier name
independent from SYNC Emergency
Assistance.
Emergency Assistance may not work if:
• Your cell phone or Emergency
Assistance hardware sustains damage
in the crash.
• The vehicle battery or the system has
no power.
• A crash ejects your cell phone from
your vehicle.
• You do not have a valid and registered
SIM card with credit in your cell phone.
• You are in a country or region where
the SYNC Emergency Assistance
cannot place the call. Visit the regional
Ford website for details.
Important Information about the
Emergency Assistance Feature
Note: While the system provides
information to the emergency operator, the
system plays a message letting you know
it is sending important information. It then
lets you know when the line is open to start
hands-free communication.
Emergency Assistance does not currently
call emergency services in the following
markets: Albania, Belarus, Bosnia and
Herzegovina, Macedonia, Netherlands,
Ukraine, Moldova and Russia.
Note: During an Emergency Assistance call,
an emergency priority screen appears which
contains vehicle GPS coordinates when
available.
Visit the regional Ford website for the
latest details.
Note: It is possible that GPS location
information is not available at the time of
the crash; in this case, Emergency
Assistance will still attempt to place an
emergency call.
When you switch on Emergency
Assistance, it may disclose to emergency
services that your vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut
off. This feature has the capability to
disclose your location information to the
emergency operator or other details about
your vehicle or crash to provide the most
appropriate emergency services.
Emergency Assistance Privacy Notice
Note: It is possible that the emergency
services will not receive the GPS
coordinates; in this case, hands-free
communication with an emergency operator
is available.
If you do not want to disclose this
information, do not switch on the feature.
241
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
SYNC AppLink
The system enables voice and manual
control of SYNC AppLink enabled
smartphone apps. Once an app is running
through AppLink, you can control main
features of the app through voice
commands and manual controls.
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps will work automatically with no
setup. Other apps will want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.
To Access Using the SYNC Menu
Scroll through the list of available
applications and press OK to select an
app. Once an app is running through SYNC,
press the right arrow button to access the
app menu. You can access various app
features from here, for example thumbs
up and thumbs down. Press the left arrow
button to exit the app menu.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
Note: Android users need to connect the
phone to SYNC using Bluetooth.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford
website.
Message
Press the MENU button then select:
Description and Action
SYNC-Apps
Mobile Apps
Scroll to this option, and then press OK.
Find new Apps
Select this option if the app required is not listed.
Note: If a SYNC AppLink compatible app cannot be found, make sure the required app is
running on the mobile device.
To Access Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted
say:
Command
mobile (apps | applications)
Description and Action
Say the name of the application after the tone. The application will start. While an app is running through SYNC, you can
press the voice button and speak commands specific to the
app.
The following voice commands are always
available:
242
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Command
Description and Action
[main menu] help
Use this command to hear a list of available voice commands.
mobile (apps | applications)
The system will prompt you to say the name of the app to
start it.
list [mobile] (apps |
applications)
The system will list all of the currently available mobile apps.
find [new] [mobile]
(apps | applications)
The system will search your connected mobile device for
SYNC compatible apps.
(quit | exit | close)
Use this command followed by the name of the app.
Enabling and Disabling Push
Notifications
You can also say the name of any SYNC
compitable app to start it on SYNC. To see
a list of the available voice commands for
an app, say the name of an app followed
by help. For example you could say
"Spotify help".
Some apps can send push notifications. A
push notification is an alert from an app
running in the background and is delivered
by voice, pop up or both. This may be
particularly useful for news or location
based apps.
Press the MENU button then select:
Message
Description and Action
SYNC-Apps
Mobile Apps
SYNC-Settings
All Apps
If push notifications are supported, this setting will be listed.
Select to enable or disable the feature as required.
Data is sent to Ford in the United States
through the connected device. The
information is encrypted and includes your
VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous
usage statistics and debugging
information. Updates may take place
automatically.
Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps
To use the system you must consent to
send and receive app authorization
information and updates, using the data
plan associated with the connected device.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
243
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
App Status
Note: Standard data rates will apply. Ford
is not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
Message
You can view the current status of an app
in the settings menu. There are three
possible statuses:
Description and Action
Update needed
The system has detected a new app requiring authorization
or a general permissions update is required.
Up-to-date
No update is required.
Updating...
The system is trying to receive an update.
Options in the settings menu:
Message
Description and Action
Request Update
If an update is required and you want to manually request
the update, for example when you are in a Wi-Fi hotspot.
Disable Updates
Select this option to disable automatic updates.
When you launch an app using SYNC, the
system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example:
• To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle
information to the app including, but
not limited to: Fuel level, fuel
consumption, engine speed, battery
voltage, odometer, VIN, external
temperature, gear position, tire
pressure, ambient temperature, date
and time.
• To allow your vehicle to provide driving
characteristic information, including,
but not limited to: MyKey, seat belt
status, engine speeds, braking events,
brake pedal switch, acceleration,
accelerator pedal position, clutch pedal
switch, trip length, trip time, trip cost,
percent engine on time, and percent of
time at speed.
App Permissions
Permissions are divided by groups. You can
grant these group permissions individually.
You can change a permission group status
any time when not driving, by using the
settings menu.
244
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
•
To allow your vehicle to provide
location information, including: GPS
and speed.
To allow the app to send push
notifications using the vehicle display
and voice capabilities while running in
a background state.
•
Confirm that the USB device has been
formatted correctly and has the following
specifications:
• USB 2.0.
• File format must be FAT16/32.
Note: NTFS file format is not supported.
The format of the audio files on the USB
device must be:
• MP3.
• Non DRM protected WMA.
• WAV.
• AAC.
Note: You will only need to grant
permissions the first time you use an app
with SYNC.
Note: We are not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve us to provide
to an app.
Connecting Your Media Player to
the USB Port
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
Note: If your media player has a power
switch, make sure you switch on the device.
You can access and play music from your
media player through your vehicle's
speaker system using the system's media
menu or voice commands. You can also
sort and play your music by specific
categories, for example artist or albums.
To Connect Using Voice Commands
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
2. Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any
media player including: iPod, Zune, Plays
from device players, and most USB drives.
SYNC also supports audio formats, for
example MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.
Voice Command
Action and Description
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate
[player])
voice commands. Refer to the media voice commands.
You do not need to say words that appear within square brackets. For example, for where
(USB [stick] | iPOD | MP3 [player]) appears, you can say USB or USB stick.
2. Press the Media button (next to the
audio display) until an initializing
message appears in the display.
To Connect Using the System Menu
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
245
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Menu Item
Browse USB
Action and Description
Depending on how many media files are on your connected
device, an indexing message may appear in the display. When
indexing is complete, the screen returns to the playback menu.
Choose from the following:
Menu Item
Play all
Playlists
Songs
Artists
Albums
Genres
Browse USB
Reset USB
Exit
Media Voice Commands
What's Playing?
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
At any time during playback, you can press
the voice button and ask the system what
is playing. The system reads the metadata
tags of the current track, if populated.
Voice Command
Action and Description
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate
[player])
voice commands.
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that
are separated by |. For example, where; (what's | what is) appears you say; what's or
what is.
You must say any of the voice commands that appear outside of open and close brackets.
For example, where; who plays this (what's | what is) playing, you must say; who plays
this (what's or what is) playing.
246
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice Command
pause
play
Description and Action
Pauses device playback.
Resumes device playback.
play [album] ___
play all
Play all media on the device from the first
track to the last.
play [artist] ___
play [genre] ___
play [playlist] ___
next [track | title | song | file | podcast |
chapter | episode]
Plays the next track on the current media.
previous [track | title | song | file |
podcast | chapter | episode]
Plays the previous track on current media.
[play] (similar music | more like this)
Creates a play list of similar genre to the one
currently playing.
play [song | track | title | file] ___
repeat off
repeat one [on]
Repeats the current track.
shuffle [all] [on]
Plays the current play list in a random order.
(Not all devices support this command.)
shuffle off
((who's | who is) this | who plays this |
(what's | what is) playing [now] | (what
| which) (song | track | artist) is this |
(who's | who is) playing | (what's | what
is) this)
At any time during playback, you can press
the voice button and ask the system what is
playing. The system reads the metadata tags
(if populated) of the current track.
Examples of USB Commands
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it
could be the name of anything, such as a
group, artist or song. For example you
could say "Play artist The Beatles".
SYNC provides the user with many intuitive
ways to find and play a song using voice.
For example, if we have a song called
"Penny Lane" from the album "Magical
Mystery Tour" we can say the following to
play this song:
247
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
•
•
Play song "Penny Lane".
Play "Penny Lane".
Voice Command
If we wanted to play the entire album, we
can say:
•
•
pause
play
Play album "Magical Mystery Tour".
Play "Magical Mystery Tour".
next [track | title | song | file | podcast |
chapter | episode]
Bluetooth Audio
previous [track | title | song | file | podcast
| chapter | episode]
The system is also capable of playing
music from your cellular phone through
Bluetooth.
Media Menu Features
To switch the Bluetooth audio on, use the
MEDIA button (next to the audio display)
or Source button, or press the voice button
and when prompted say:
The media menu allows you to select how
to play your music, for example by artist,
genre, shuffle or repeat, and to find similar
music or reset the index of your USB
devices.
Voice Command
Press AUX to select USB playback.
Bluetooth audio
Then any of the following:
Message
Options
Description and Action
This will enter the media menu.
Then any of the following:
Message
Description and Action
Shuffle
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Repeat track
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Similar music
You can play similar types of music to the current playlist
from the USB port. The system uses the metadata information of each track to compile a playlist. The system then
creates a new list of similar tracks and then begins playing.
Each track must have the metadata tags populated for this
feature. With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags
248
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Message
Description and Action
are not populated, the tracks will not be available in voice
recognition, the play menu or this option. However, if you
place these tracks onto your playing device in mass storage
device mode they are available in voice recognition, the play
menu or this option. The system places unknowns into any
unpopulated metadata tag.
Reset USB
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
2. Press AUX to select USB playback.
Accessing Your USB Song Library
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
Message
Browse USB
Description and Action
This menu allows you to select and play your media files by
artist, album, genre, playlist and track or even to browse what
is on your USB device.
If there are no media files to access, the
display indicates there is no media. If there
are media files, you have the following
options to scroll through and select:
Message
Play all
Description and Action
Play all indexed media files from your playing device one at
*
a time in numerical order.
1. Press OK to select. The first track title appears in the
display.
Playlists
Access your playlists from formats, ASX, M3U, WPL or MTP.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired playlist, and then press OK.
Songs
Search for and play a specific indexed track.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired track, and then press OK.
*
249
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
*
SYNC™
Message
Artists
Description and Action
Sort all indexed media files by artist. Once selected, the
system lists and then plays all artists and tracks alphabetic*
ally.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired artist, and then press OK.
Albums
Sort all indexed media files by albums.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired albums, and then press OK.
Genres
Sort indexed music by genre type.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired genre, and then press OK.
Browse USB
Browse all supported media files on your media player
connected to the USB port. You can only view media files
that are compatible with SYNC; other saved files are not
visible.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to browse indexed media files on your flash drive,
and then press OK.
Reset USB
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete,
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
*
*
*
You can use the buttons at the bottom of the audio display to jump to a certain
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the numeric keypad to jump
in the list.
Using Voice Commands
You can access and view your USB songs
using voice commands.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
250
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Note: SYNC only supports one connected
iOS (Apple) devices at a time (whichever
one you plug in first). When you connect a
second iOS device, the systems charges it,
but does not support playback from it.
Press the voice button and when
prompted, say any of the following
commands:
Voice Command
Voice Commands for Audio
Sources
(browse | search | show) all (album |
albums)
Your voice system allows you to change
audio sources with a simple voice
command.
(browse | search | show) all (artist |
artists)
(browse | search | show) all (genre |
genres)
(browse | search | show) all (playlist |
playlists)
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
(browse | search | show) all (song | songs
| title | titles | file | files | track | tracks)
Voice Command
(browse | search | show) album ___
(music | audio | entertainment) [system]
(browse | search | show) artist ___
(browse | search | show) genre ___
Below are a few examples of voice
commands you can use.
(browse | search | show) playlist ___
[tune [to]] AM
[tune [to]] AM1
Line In Audio
[tune [to]] (AM | medium wave) (autostore | AST | autoset)
To access the Line in audio source say:
[tune [to]] (AM | medium wave) 2
Voice Command
Bluetooth (audio | stereo)
((line | AV | audio video) in | AUX | audio
video)
(disc | CD [player]) play
USB 2 (If Equipped)
[tune [to]] FM
Your vehicle may come equipped with an
additional USB port. If so, USB 1 is located
at the front of the vehicle at the bottom of
the instrument panel. USB 2 is located
inside the storage compartment of the
vehicle's center console.
[tune [to]] FM1
[tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST |
autoset) preset ___
[tune [to]] FM 2
((line | AV | audio video) in | AUX | audio
video)
You can plug in an additional USB device
into the second USB port.
Radio
251
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice Command
Voice Command
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 [player])
[tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST |
autoset)
((who's | who is) this | who plays this |
(what's | what is) playing [now] | (what
| which) (song | track | artist) is this |
(who's | who is) playing | (what's | what
is) this)
[tune [to]] FM 2
[tune [to]] (FM ___ | ___ [FM])
[tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST |
autoset) preset ___
Help
[tune [to]] FM preset ___
Radio Voice Commands
[tune [to]] FM 2 preset ___
If you are listening to the radio,
press the voice button, and then
say any of the commands in the
following table.
[tune [to]] preset ___
tune [radio]
Help
If you are not listening to the radio,
press the voice button and, after the
tone, say:
CD Voice Commands
If you are listening to a CD, press
the voice button, and then say
any of the commands in the
following table.
Voice Command
Radio
You can then say any of the following
commands.
If you are not listening to a CD, press
the voice button and, after the tone,
say:
[tune [to]] AM
[tune [to]] AM1
Voice Command
[tune [to]] (AM | medium wave) (autostore | AST | autoset)
(disc | CD [player]) play
[tune [to]] (AM | medium wave) 2
You can then say any of the following
commands.
[tune [to]] ((AM | medium wave) ___ |
___ [AM | medium wave])
pause
play
[tune [to]] (AM | medium wave) preset
___
[play] next track
[tune [to]] (AM | medium wave) 1 preset
___
[play] previous track
[play | change to] track [number] ___
[tune [to]] FM
repeat (track | song) [on]
[tune [to]] FM1
252
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
*
SYNC™
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings
Voice Command
repeat folder [on]
You can access these menus using the
audio display. See Using SYNC™ With
Your Phone (page 227).
repeat off
(shuffle | random | mix) [on |
(tracks | songs) [on]]
*
SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
(shuffle | random | mix) (CD [player] |
disc) [on]
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,
should questions arise, please refer to the
tables below.
(shuffle | random | mix) folder [on]
shuffle off
To check your cell phone's compatibility,
visit the regional Ford website.
*
You need to indicate to the system which
track or folder to repeat or shuffle when
using these commands.
Cell phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
A lot of background noise
during a phone
call.
The audio control
settings on your cell
phone may be affecting
SYNC performance.
Refer to your device's manual about audio
adjustments.
During a call, I
can hear the
Possible cell phone
other person
malfunction.
but they cannot
hear me.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
SYNC is not
able to download my phone- Possible cell phone
book.
malfunction.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
Make sure that the microphone for SYNC
is not set to off.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to
SYNC by selecting the option to add.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC.
253
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Cell phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to
SYNC by selecting the option to add.
The system
says "Phonebook downloaded" but my Limitations on your cell
SYNC phonephone's capability.
book is empty or
is missing
contacts.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
If the missing contacts are stored on your
SIM card, try moving them to your cell
phone's memory.
Remove any pictures or special ring tones
associated with the missing contact.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
cell phone to
SYNC.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
Try deleting your device from SYNC and
deleting SYNC from your device, then trying
again.
Always check the security and auto accept
prompt settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on your cell phone.
Update your cell phone's firmware.
Switch off the auto download setting.
Text messaging
is not working
on SYNC.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
iPhone
•
•
•
•
•
•
Go to your cell phone's Settings.
Go to the Bluetooth Menu.
Make sure the connection status shows
Not Connected.
Press the blue circle to enter the next
menu.
Turn on Show Notifications.
Turn on Sync Contacts.
254
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Cell phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
Your iPhone is now set up to forward
incoming text messages to SYNC.
Repeat these steps for every other Sync
vehicle you are connected to.
Your iPhone will only forward incoming text
messages to SYNC if it is unlocked.
Replying to text messages using SYNC is
not supported by iPhone.
Text messages from WhatsApp and Facebook Messenger are not supported.
Your cell phone must support downloading
text messages through Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Audible text
messages do
not work on my
cell phone.
Access the text messaging menu of SYNC
to see if your cell phone supports the
feature. Press the PHONE button and then
scroll and select the option for text
messaging, then press OK.
Because each cell phone is different, refer
to your device's manual for the specific cell
This is a cell phone limita- phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be
tion.
differences between cell phones due to
brand, model, service provider and software
version.
USB and media issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
Try switching off the device, resetting it or
removing the battery, then trying again.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
device.
Make sure you are using the manufacturer's
cable.
Possible device malfuncMake sure correctly insert the USB cable to
tion.
the device and your vehicle's USB port.
Make sure that the device does not have
an auto-install program or active security
settings.
255
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
USB and media issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
SYNC does not
Make sure you are not leaving the device in
recognize my
This is a device limitation. your vehicle during very hot or cold
device when I
temperatures.
start my vehicle.
This is a deviceBluetooth audio dependent feature.
does not
The device is not
stream.
connected.
Make sure you connect the device to SYNC
and press play on your device.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist, Make sure that all song details are popusong title, album or genre lated.
information.
SYNC does not
recognize music
The file may be
that is on my
corrupted.
device.
The song may have
copyright protection that
does not allow it to play.
When I connect
my iPhone or
iPod Touch
through the
USB and
This is a device limitation.
Bluetooth Audio
at the same
time, I sometimes do not
hear any sound.
Try replacing the corrupt file with a new
version.
Some devices require you to change the
USB settings from mass storage to media
transfer protocol class.
From the iPhone or iPod Touch music now
playing screen, select the audio device
airplay icon at the very bottom of your
iPhone or iPod Touch screen.
To listen to the iPhone or iPod Touch
through Bluetooth Audio, select SYNC.
To listen to the iPhone or iPod Touch
through USB, select Dock Connector.
256
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue
SYNC does not
understand
what I am
saying.
Possible cause
Possible solution
Review the cell phone voice commands
and the media voice commands at the
beginning of their respective sections.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands. Refer to the audio display during an active
voice session to find a list of voice
commands there.
You may be speaking too The microphone for the system is either in
soon or at the wrong
your rear view mirror or in the headliner just
time.
above the windshield.
You may be using the
Review the media voice commands at the
wrong voice commands. beginning of the media section.
You may not be saying
SYNC does not
the name exactly as the
understand the
system saved it.
name of a song
or artist.
Say the song or artist exactly as the system
saved it. If you say, "Play Artist Prince", the
system does not play music by Prince and
the Revolution or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
Make sure you are saying the complete title
such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
Nettles".
If the song titles are in capital letters, you
have to spell them. LOLA requires you to
say "L-O-L-A".
The system may not be
reading the name the
Do not use special characters in the title,
same way you are saying as the system does not recognize them.
it.
SYNC does not
understand or is
calling the
You may be using the
wrong contact wrong voice commands.
when I want to
make a call.
Review the cell phone voice commands at
the beginning of the cell phone section.
You can also use the cell phone and media
suggestion lists to get a list of possible
suggestions when the system cannot fully
understand you. See Using Voice Recognition (page 224).
257
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
You may not be saying
the name exactly as the
system saved it.
Make sure you are saying the name exactly
as the system saved it. For example, if the
contact name is Joe Wilson, say "Call Joe
Wilson".
The system works better if you list full
names such as "Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
Contacts in your phonebook may be very short
and similar or they may
contain special characters.
Do not use special characters such as 123
or ICE as the system does not recognize
them.
Your phonebook
contacts may be in
capital letters.
If the contacts are in capital letters, you
have to spell them. JAKE requires you to
say "Call J-A-K-E".
SYNC applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the
contact names stored on your cell phone.
The SYNC voice
control system
is having trouble
recognizing
foreign names
stored on my
cell phone.
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC.
The SYNC voice
control system
is having trouble
recognizing
foreign tracks,
artists, albums,
genres and
playlist names
from my media
player or USB
flash drive.
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC.
Helpful Hint: You can select your contact
manually. Press PHONE. Select the option
for phonebook and then contact name.
Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC
will read the contact name to you, giving
you some idea of the pronunciation it is
expecting.
SYNC applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the names
stored on your media player or USB flash
drive. It is able to make some exceptions
for very popular artist names (for example,
U2) such that you can always use the
English pronunciation for these artists.
258
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
SYNC uses a synthetically generated voice
rather than pre-recorded human voice.
The system
generates voice
prompts and
SYNC uses text-tothe pronuncispeech voice prompt
ation of some
technology.
words may not
be accurate for
my language.
My previous
Bluetooth voice
control system
allowed me to
control the
radio, CD, and
climate control
systems. Why
can I not control
these systems
with SYNC?
SYNC offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example," play
artist Madonna).
The focus of SYNC is to
control your mobile
devices and the content
stored on them.
SYNC offers significant capability beyond
the previous system such as dialing a
contact name directly from the phonebook
without pre-recording (for example, “call
John Smith”) or selecting a track, artist,
album, genre or playlist directly from your
media player (for example, " play artist
Madonna).
259
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
General
Issue
The language
selected for the
instrument
cluster and
information and
entertainment
display does not
match the
SYNC language
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth
audio, voice
control and
voice prompts).
Possible cause
Possible solution
SYNC only supports four languages in a
single module for text display, voice control
and voice prompts. The country where you
bought your vehicle dictates the four
languages based on the most popular
languages spoken. If the selected language
is not available, SYNC remains in the
current active language.
SYNC does not support
the currently selected
language for the instrument cluster and inform- SYNC offers several new voice control
ation and entertainment features for a wide range of languages.
display.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, play
artist Madonna).
260
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
AppLink issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
AppLink Mobile An AppLink capable
Applications:
phone is not connected
When I select
to SYNC.
"Find New
Apps," SYNC
does not find
any applications.
Ensure you have a compatible smartphone;
an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or an
iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or higher.
Additionally, ensure your phone is paired
and connected to SYNC in order to find
AppLink-capable apps on your device.
iPhone users must also connect to SYNC's
USB port with an Apple USB cable.
My phone is
connected, but
I still cannot find
any apps.
AppLink-enabled apps
are not installed and
running on your mobile
device.
Ensure you have downloaded and installed
the latest version of the app from your
phone's app store. Ensure the app is running
on your phone. Some apps require you to
register or login on the app on the phone
before using them with AppLink. Also, some
may have a "Ford SYNC" setting, so check
the app's settings menu on the phone.
My phone is
connected, my
app(s) are
running, but I
still cannot find
any apps.
Sometime apps do not
properly close and reopen their connection to
SYNC, over ignition
cycles, for example.
Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC
find the application if you cannot discover
it inside the vehicle. On an Android device,
if apps have an "Exit' or 'Quit' option, select
that then restart the app. If the app does
not have that option, you can also manually
"Force Close" the app by going to the
phone's settings menu, selecting 'Apps.'
then finding the particular app and
choosing 'Force stop.' Don't forget to restart
the app afterwards, then select "Find New
Apps" on SYNC.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an
app, double tab the home button then
swipe up on the app to close it. Tab the
home button again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a few seconds, the
app should then appear in SYNC's Mobile
App's Menu.
261
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
SYNC™
AppLink issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
My Android
phone is
connected, my
app(s) are
running, I
restarted them,
but I still cannot
find any apps.
There is a bluetooth bug
on some order versions
of the Android OS that
may cause apps that
were found on your
previous vehicle drive to
not be found again if you
have not turned off
bluetooth.
Reset the Bluetooth on your phone by
turning it off and then turning Bluetooth
back on. If you are in your vehicle, SYNC
should be able to automatically re-connect
to your phone if you press the "Phone"
button.
My iPhone
The USB connection to
phone is
SYNC may need to be
connected, my reset.
app is running, I
restarted the
app but I still
cannot find it on
SYNC.
Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait
a moment, and plug the USB cable back in
to the phone. After a few seconds, the app
should appear in SYNC's Mobile Apps
Menu. If not, "Force Close" the application
and restart it.
I have an
The bluetooth volume on
Android phone. the phone may be low.
I found and
started my
media app on
SYNC, but there
is no sound or
the sound is
very low.
Try increasing the Bluetooth volume of the
device by using the device's volume control
buttons which are most often found on the
side of the device.
I can only see
some of the
AppLink apps
running on my
phone listed in
SYNC's Mobile
Apps Menu.
Force close or uninstall the apps you do not
want SYNC to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that setting in the
app's settings menu on the phone.
Some Android devices
have a limited number of
bluetooth ports apps can
use to connect. If you
have more AppLink apps
on your phone than the
number of availble
Bluetooth ports, you will
not see all of your apps
listed in SYNC's mobile
apps menu.
262
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Navigation
Press the relevant button on the unit bezel
to access the system functions. This will
take you into the selected mode.
For instructions on how to operate the
audio unit and the available navigation
features, see the relevant audio unit
procedure. See Audio System (page 194).
Loading Map Data
WARNINGS
The indicated maximum speed may
not be applicable to your vehicle. It
is always your responsibility to
control your vehicle, supervise any system
and obey the correct speed limit. Failure
to do so could result in loss of vehicle
control.
1.
Load the navigation SD card into the
slot.
2. Press the NAV button. The road safety
warning confirms the map data import
was successful.
3. The system is now ready to use.
For map updates and system upgrades,
see an authorized dealer.
The front glass on the liquid crystal
display may break if hit with a hard
object. If the glass breaks, do not
touch the liquid crystalline material. In case
of contact with the skin, wash immediately
with soap and water.
Note: You can only use Ford licensed data.
Road Safety
WARNING
Note: Do not switch the ignition on or
attempt to start the engine while the
software is updating.
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Do not clean the unit with solvents
or aerosol cleaning agents. Use only a damp
cloth.
Note: The navigation SD card must be in
the SD card slot to operate the navigation
system. If you need a replacement SD card,
see an authorized dealer.
Note: The SD card slot is spring-loaded. To
remove the SD card, push the card in and
release it. Do not attempt to remove the
card without first pushing it in. This could
cause damage.
263
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Navigation
Note: You are ultimately responsible for
the safe operation of your vehicle and must
evaluate whether it is safe to follow route
suggestions. Navigation features are
provided only as an aid. Driving decisions
based on observations of local conditions
and existing traffic regulations must be
observed. Do not follow route suggestions
if they would result in an unsafe or illegal
maneuver, an unsafe situation, or if you
would be directed into an area that you
consider unsafe. Maps used by this system
may be inaccurate due to errors, changes in
roads, traffic or driving conditions.
Safety Information
If detailed viewing of route instructions is
necessary, pull off the road when it is safe
to do so and park your vehicle.
Setting a Route
Note: After the first entry, the country
selected will remain the default option until
you manually change it.
Press the NAV button and select:
Message
Action
Destination input
Starting at the top, select the country followed by either the
postcode or city and street name, together with the house
number or intersection. Use the arrow buttons to enter the
destination details.
Start guidance
Select this after entering sufficient information.
The route is calculated and the screen
returns to the main navigation screen. If
prompted, select the type of route you
require first. Follow the screen and voice
prompts to reach your destination.
Note: If you only need to navigate to a
district, within a city for example, just enter
the district name and start guidance.
Note: If required you can select different
character screens by using the up and down
arrow buttons.
You can access the menu using the
information and entertainment display
control. See Information Displays (page
59).
Menu Structure
Note: If you only need to navigate to a city
center, just enter the city name and start
guidance.
For a description on some menu items refer
to the relevant table.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Message
Route
Active guidance
Route sections list
Block next section
264
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Navigation
Message
Unblock route sections
Destination input
Country
City/postcode
Street
District
Start guidance
Traffic
TA
TMC for route
All TMC
Block next section
Route sections list
Unblock route sections
Home address
Start guidance
Change address
Last destinations
Favourites
Favourites (A-Z)
Points of interest
POIs nearby
Near destination
Along motorway
POIs near address
Search by name
Tour planning
New tour
Stored tours
Store position
Route options
Route:
Eco
Fast
Short
265
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Navigation
Message
Always ask
Driver:
Leisurely
Normal
Fast
Eco settings
Trailer:
Roof box
Dynamic
Motorway
Tunnel
Ferry/motorail
Toll
Seasonal roads
Toll sticker
Special functions
GPS info
System info
Enter position
Demo mode
Route Options
Press the NAV button and scroll to route
options. You can then set your route
options for any of the following.
Message
Route:
Always ask
Description and Action
Select to make sure that you are always
given the choice of route option for your
journey.
Eco
Uses the most fuel efficient route. Your
driving style will influence this.
Fast
Uses the fastest route possible.
266
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Navigation
Message
Short
Driver:
Eco settings
Description and Action
Uses the shortest distance possible.
Leisurely
This option will calculate your time of
arrival based on a leisurely drive to the
destination.
Normal
This option will calculate your time of
arrival based on a normal drive to the
destination.
Fast
This option will calculate your time of
arrival based on a fast drive to the destination.
Trailer:
Use this feature to change the economy
settings of your journey relating to whether
or not you are towing a trailer and if so the
size of trailer being towed.
Roof box
Use this feature to change the economy
settings of your journey relating to the use
of a roof box.
Dynamic
When switched on, and if the unit is
receiving a valid traffic message channel
signal, the route will be automatically
updated to take into account real time
traffic incidents or congestion. This feature
can be useful in avoiding delays or hold ups
on journeys.
Motorway
When switched off the system will avoid
freeways on your route and automatically
update your route distance and timings.
Tunnel
When switched off the system will avoid
tunnels on your route and automatically
update your route distance and timings.
Ferry/motorail
When switched off the system will avoid
ferry crossings and car train facilities on
your route and automatically update your
route distance and timings.
267
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Navigation
Message
Description and Action
Toll
When switched off the system will avoid
toll roads on your route and automatically
update your route distance and timings.
Seasonal roads
When switched off the system will avoid
seasonal roads (for example, mountain
passes) on your route and automatically
update your route distance and timings.
Toll sticker
When switched off the system will avoid
toll routes and automatically update your
route distance and timings.
Setting Your Navigation
Preferences
Information
Press the information button to view
details of your current location or journey.
During active route guidance pressing this
button will repeat the last navigation
instruction.
Select settings for the system to take into
account when planning your route.
Press the NAV button and choose any of the following options.
Message
Description and Action
Destination input
Enter your destination details (for example enter city names,
enter street names or pick a place from a map).
Traffic
Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems
along your route (for example, block sections on route).
Home address
See the location on the map currently stored as the home
position. Only one entry can be saved as the home address.
Last destinations
Access a history of previous destinations entered in the
system. Select the required repeat destination from the list.
Favourites
See a list of your saved favorites.
Points of interest
Search for and select points of interest nearby, on your route
or at your destination. You can search by name or by category.
Tour planning
Set up and store a new tour by entering a number of different
destinations and select the order in which you wish to visit
them. You can also modify an existing tour or recall a previous
tour. The system will automatically calculate and display
your chosen journey.
268
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Navigation
Message
Description and Action
Store position
Store and name your current position. This will automatically
save in your favorites.
Route options
Set your route options from the available list.
Special functions
Select GPS and system information or a demonstration of
the system functionality.
Select a demonstration mode where the system will simulate
a journey whilst the vehicle is stationary. You can manually
select a vehicle start position.
Press the MENU button, select the navigation option and choose any of the
following options.
Message
Description and Action
Route options
Set your route options.
Map display
Customize the map display for your journey (for example
arrows on map, arrival times and map content).
Assistance options
Customize display information for your journey (for example
signs, lanes and speed limits). Turn the hazard warning
feature on or off.
Personal data
Delete personal data (for example your home address).
Reset all settings
Reset the navigation settings.
3. Enter the required details using the
arrow buttons.
4. Press the store function button.
Note: If you select store position, this will
also save the destination in your favorites.
Storing Your Home Address
1. Press the NAV button.
2. Select the home address option.
3. Enter the required details using the
arrow buttons.
4. Press the confirm function button.
Note: Your last destination will
automatically display if you go to change
your home address.
Selecting a Favorite
1. Press the NAV button.
2. Select the favorites option.
3. Scroll to the required destination using
the arrow buttons.
4. Press the OK button to start
navigation.
Adding a Favorite
1. Press the NAV button.
2. Scroll to the destination input option.
269
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Navigation
Adjusting the Navigation Voice Level
Nav Audio Mixing
You can adjust the voice prompt level
during an active voice prompt by using the
volume control.
This feature allows you to adjust the
volume mix between the audio unit and
navigation voice level.
Note: During active route guidance pressing
the information button will repeat the last
navigation instruction.
Tolerant Destination Input
This function will search a number of
destinations with a similar spelling to what
you have entered. This is helpful if you are
unsure on how to spell a destination.
Message
Tolerant
Action
Press the NAV button and scroll to this destination input
option before entering your destination details.
Then begin to input your destination. Press
the OK button. The system will search for
destinations with similar spellings. Use the
arrow buttons to select a destination from
the list and press the OK button to confirm
your destination.
Map scale settings may be set between
0.05 miles to 500 miles or 50 meters to
500 kilometers, with an auto setting on
the top. The auto setting continuously
changes the map scale according to
vehicle speed and the road type being
driven.
Route Displays
You can use the arrow buttons to change
the view to 2D, turn-by-turn, 3D or a clean
view.
Map Display
Press the MAP button to view map mode.
This view will show your current location
with your vehicle in the center shown as
an arrow surrounded by a circle. The arrow
will face in the direction of travel.
Zoom
This feature will automatically increase
the zoom on the map display at times
when you are required to make a turn, or
perform more complex maneuvers. Shortly
after the zoom scale will return to the
previous level when in auto mode.
The information on the top line gives the
name of the current road, or the next road
to take if a turn is approaching.
Manual: Press function button one and
adjust the setting using the left or right
arrow buttons. Press OK to confirm your
setting.
You can change the way the map is
displayed by altering the zoom and
orientation settings. Press function button
one. The current map scale is shown on
the display.
Auto: Press function button one and using
the up or down arrow key select the auto
option. Press OK to confirm your setting.
270
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Navigation
Move
Once an active route is underway, guidance
will be given by on-screen information and
voice prompts. Whichever audio source
you wish to leave the unit in, basic turn by
turn and distance information will remain
on the screen in the form of a graphic inset.
You do not need to leave the unit on the
main navigation screen when you are
navigating a route. Press the MAP button
at any time to return to the main navigation
screen. Slightly more detailed information
on your route may be available using the
main navigation screen if required.
When you are in map mode, press function
button two. You can now use the arrow
buttons on the audio unit to move around
the map.
Press function button two again to return
to the original view.
Navigation Display
After commencing a navigation route, the
default screen is the main navigation
screen.
Hazard Spot Warning
The system supports a hazard spot
warning feature which informs you with
visible and audible feedback about
hazardous traffic areas.
Message
Assistance options
Description
You can switch the system on and off using the information
and entertainment display menu. Refer to this option in the
navigation menu.
Note: This feature is only available in
certain countries.
SD Logo is a trademark.
The navigation software is based in part
on the work of the FreeType team © 2006
Navigation Map Updates
The navigation software is based in part
on the work of the independent JPEG
Group.
Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase. See an authorized
dealer.
Type Approvals
271
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNINGS
Do not mount any transceiver,
microphones, speakers, or any other
item in the deployment path of the
airbag system.
WARNINGS
Your vehicle has been tested and
certified to legislation relating to
electromagnetic compatibility
(72/245/EEC, UN ECE Regulation 10 or
other applicable local requirements). It is
your responsibility to make sure that any
equipment you have fitted complies with
applicable local legislation. Have any
equipment fitted by an authorized dealer.
Do not fasten antenna cables to
original vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and
brake pipes.
Keep antenna and power cables at
least 4 inches (10 centimeters) from
any electronic modules and airbags.
Note: Only fit antennae in the positions
shown to the roof of your vehicle.
Radio frequency transmitter
equipment (e.g. cellular telephones,
amateur radio transmitters etc.) may
only be fitted to your vehicle if they comply
with the parameters shown in the table
below. There are no special provisions or
conditions for installations or use.
272
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
Frequency Band Maximum output power Watt (Peak
MHz
RMS)
Antenna Positions
1 – 30
50 W
1, 2, 3
30 – 54
50 W
1, 2, 3
68 – 87.5
50 W
1, 2, 3
142 – 176
50 W
1, 2, 3
380 – 512
50 W
1, 2, 3
806 – 940
10 W
1, 2, 3
1200 – 1400
10 W
1, 2, 3
1710 – 1885
10 W
1, 2, 3
1885 – 2025
10 W
1, 2, 3
Note: After the installation of radio
frequency transmitters, check for
disturbances from and to all electrical
equipment in your vehicle, both in the
standby and transmit modes.
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
Check all electrical equipment:
• with the ignition on
• with the engine running
• during a road test at various speeds.
•
SYNC® End User License
Agreement (EULA)
Check that electromagnetic fields
generated inside your vehicle cabin by the
transmitter installed do not exceed
applicable human exposure requirements.
You have acquired a device ("DEVICE")
that includes software licensed by Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY") from an
affiliate of Microsoft Corporation
("MS") . Those installed software
products of MS origin, as well as
associated media, printed materials,
273
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
•
•
•
and "online" or electronic
documentation ("MS SOFTWARE")
are protected by international
intellectual property laws and treaties.
The MS SOFTWARE is licensed, not
sold. All rights reserved.
The MS SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY. The additional
software and systems of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as
associated media, printed materials,
and "online" or electronic
documentation ("FORD SOFTWARE")
are protected by international
intellectual property laws and treaties.
The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed, not
sold. All rights reserved.
The MS SOFTWARE and/or FORD
SOFTWARE may interface with and/or
communicate with, or may be later
upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by third party
software and service suppliers. The
additional software and services of
third party origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation ("THIRD
PARTY SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All
rights reserved.
The MS SOFTWARE, FORD
SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively
and individually will be referred to as
"SOFTWARE".
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILL
CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO
THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY
PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
•
You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICE and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
•
•
Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process.
Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, or disassemble nor permit
others to reverse engineer, decompile
or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation.
274
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
•
•
•
•
•
Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation.
Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICE and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICE, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or MS may terminate this EULA if you
fail to comply with the terms and
conditions of this EULA.
Security Updates/Digital Rights
Management: Content owners use
the WMDRM technology included in
your DEVICE to protect their
intellectual property, included
copyrighted content. Portions of the
SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use
WMDRM software to access
WMDRM-protected content. If the
WMDRM software fails to protect the
•
content, content owners may ask
Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE's
ability to use WMDRM to play or copy
protected content. This action does
not affect unprotected content. When
your DEVICE downloads licenses for
protected content, you agree that
Microsoft may include a revocation list
with the licenses. Content owners may
require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE
on your DEVICE to access their content.
If you decline an upgrade, you will not
be able to access content that requires
the upgrade.
Consent to Use of Data: You agree
that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and systems suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may collect and use technical
information gathered in any manner as
part of product support services related
to the SOFTWARE or related services.
MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and services suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may use this information solely to
improve their products or to provide
customized services or technologies to
you. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and systems suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally
identifies you.
275
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
•
•
Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that MS,
Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, their affiliates and/or
their designated agent may
automatically check the version of the
SOFTWARE and/or its components
that you are utilizing and may provide
upgrades or supplements to the
SOFTWARE that may be automatically
downloaded to your DEVICE.
Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, their affiliates and/or their
designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components").
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, their affiliates and/or their
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to you or
made available to you through the use of
the SOFTWARE.
•
If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party
software and services suppliers provide or
make available to you Supplemental
Components and no other EULA terms are
provided along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this EULA
shall apply.
•
If MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates
and/or their designated agent make
available Supplemental Components, and
no other EULA terms are provided, then
the terms of this EULA shall apply, except
that the MS, Microsoft Corporation or
affiliate entity providing the Supplemental
Component(s) shall be the licensor of the
Supplemental Component(s).
Links to Third Party Sites: The MS
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites through
the use of the SOFTWARE. The third
party sites are not under the control of
MS, Microsoft Corporation, their
affiliates and/or their designated
agent. Neither MS nor Microsoft
Corporation nor their affiliates nor their
designated agent are responsible for
(i) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
MS, Microsoft Corporation, their
affiliates and/or their designated
agent.
Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICE operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and assumes any risk associated with
the use of the DEVICE.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip, CD
ROM disk(s) or via web download or other
means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
276
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments. For additional
information, see
http://www.microsoft.com/exporting/.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by MS, Microsoft
Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or
their affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content. All rights not
specifically granted under this EULA are
reserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service providers, their
affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, third party software or service
providers, their affiliates or suppliers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support
for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS,
its parent corporation Microsoft
Corporation, or their affiliates or
subsidiaries. For product support, please
refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY
instructions provided in the documentation
for the DEVICE. Should you have any
questions concerning this EULA, or if you
desire to contact FORD MOTOR
COMPANY for any other reason, please
refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICE.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND
THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS,
MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/OR
THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWO
HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S.
$250.00).
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
277
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
•
THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER
THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY
BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
Keep User's Guide in vehicle: When kept
in the vehicle, the User's Guide will be a
ready reference for you and other users
unfamiliar with the Windows
Automotive-based system. Please make
certain that before using the system for
the first time, all persons have access to
the User's Guide and read its instructions
and safety information carefully.
Adobe
Contains Adobe® [Flash® Player] or
[AIR®] technology by Adobe Systems
Incorporated. This [Licensee Product]
contains [Adobe® Flash® Player]
[Adobe® AIR®] software under license
from Adobe Systems Incorporated,
Copyright ©1995-2009 Adobe
Macromedia Software LLC. All rights
reserved. Adobe, Flash and AIR are
trademarks of Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
WARNING
Operating certain parts of this
system while driving can distract
your attention away from the road,
and possibly cause an accident or other
serious consequences. Do not change
system settings or enter data non-verbally
(using your hands) while driving. Stop the
vehicle in a safe and legal manner before
attempting these operations. This is
important since while setting up or
changing some functions you might be
required to distract your attention away
from the road and remove your hands from
the wheel.
End User Notice
Microsoft® Windows® Mobile for
Automotive Important Safety
Information
This system Ford SYNC™ contains
software that is licensed to Manufacturer
FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate
of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a
license agreement. Any removal,
reproduction, reverse engineering or other
unauthorized use of the software from this
system in violation of the license
agreement is strictly prohibited and may
subject you to legal action.
General Operation
Voice Command Control: Functions
within the Windows Automotive-based
system may be accomplished using only
voice commands. Using voice commands
while driving allows you to operate the
system without removing your hands from
the wheel.
Read and follow instructions: Before
using your Windows Automotive- based
system, read and follow all instructions
and safety information provided in this end
user manual ("User's Guide"). Not
following precautions found in this User's
Guide can lead to an accident or other
serious consequences.
Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a prolonged
view of the screen while you are driving.
Pull over in a safe and legal manner before
attempting to access a function of the
system requiring prolonged attention. Even
occasional short scans to the screen may
be hazardous if your attention has been
diverted away from your driving task at a
critical time.
278
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level
where you can still hear outside traffic and
emergency signals while driving. Driving
while unable to hear these sounds could
cause an accident.
Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an
unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be
placed in an unsafe situation, or if you
would be directed into an area that you
consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the
vehicle and therefore, must evaluate
whether it is safe to follow the suggested
directions.
Use of Speech Recognition Functions:
Speech recognition software is inherently
a statistical process which is subject to
errors. It is your responsibility to monitor
any speech recognition functions included
in the system and address any errors.
Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used
by this system may be inaccurate because
of changes in roads, traffic controls or
driving conditions. Always use good
judgment and common sense when
following the suggested routes.
Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully read
and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
Emergency Services: Do not rely on any
navigation features included in the system
to route you to emergency services. Ask
local authorities or an emergency services
operator for these locations. Not all
emergency services such as police, fire
stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to
be contained in the map database for such
navigation features.
Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual (non-verbal)
setup. Attempting to perform such set-up
or insert data while driving can seriously
distract your attention and could cause an
accident or other serious consequences.
Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner
before attempting these operations.
TeleNav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only as
an aid. Make your driving decisions based
on your observations of local conditions
and existing traffic regulations. Any such
feature is not a substitute for your personal
judgment. Any route suggestions made by
this system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
279
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
1. Safe and Lawful Use
3. Software License
You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software: (a) observe
all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c)
do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d)
do not use the TeleNav Software for any
illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe,
hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any
manner inconsistent with this Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).
Subject to your compliance with the terms
of this Agreement, TeleNav hereby grants
to you a personal, non-exclusive,
non-transferable license (except as
expressly permitted below in connection
with your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software license), without the
right to sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate upon
any termination or expiration of this
Agreement. You agree that you will use the
TeleNav Software only for your personal
business or leisure purposes, and not to
provide commercial navigation services to
other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
You agree not to do any of the following:
(a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter or
otherwise change the TeleNav Software
or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive
the source code, audio library or structure
of the TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav; (c)
remove from the TeleNav Software, or
alter, any of TeleNav's or its suppliers'
trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or
copyright notices, or other notices or
markings; (d) distribute, sublicense or
otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software
to others, except as part of your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software; or (e)
use the TeleNav Software in any manner
that (i) infringes the intellectual property
or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party, (ii)
violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or (iii) is harmful,
threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous,
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.
280
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or
otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent
out, or otherwise permit unauthorized
access by third parties to the TeleNav
Software without advanced written
permission of TeleNav.
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY
RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not
permit the disclaimer of certain warranties,
so this limitation may not apply to you.
4. Disclaimers
5. Limitation of Liability
To the fullest extent permissible pursuant
to applicable law, in no event will TeleNav,
its licensors and suppliers, or agents or
employees of any of the foregoing, be
liable for any decision made or action
taken by you or anyone else in reliance on
the information provided by the TeleNav
Software. TeleNav also does not warrant
the accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data may
not always reflect reality due to, among
other things, road closures, construction,
weather, new roads and other changing
conditions. You are responsible for the
entire risk arising out of your use of the
TeleNav Software. For example but
without limitation, you agree not to rely on
the TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the well-being
or survival of you or others is dependent
on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps
or functionality of the TeleNav Software
are not intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR
ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY
FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR
EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN
EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE
THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA,
LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS,
LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT
OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT,
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR
OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF
TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S
SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE
AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR
THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME
STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION
OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS
OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO
YOU.
TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND
EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM
COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR
TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
281
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, TeleNav
may assign this Agreement to any other
party at any time without notice, provided
the assignee remains bound by this
Agreement.
You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall
be settled by independent arbitration
involving a neutral arbitrator and
administered by the American Arbitration
Association in the County of Santa Clara,
California. The arbitrator shall apply the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and the
judgment upon the award rendered by the
arbitrator may be entered by any court
having jurisdiction. Note that there is no
judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding
and the decision of the arbitrator shall be
binding upon both parties. You expressly
agree to waive your right to a jury trial.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement
This Agreement and performance
hereunder will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of California, without giving
effect to its conflict of laws provisions. To
the extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit to
the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of
the County of Santa Clara, California. The
United Nations Convention on Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods shall
not apply.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.
7. Assignment
You may not resell, assign, or transfer this
Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in connection
with your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software, and expressly
conditioned upon the new user of the
TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound
by the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or
transfer that is not expressly permitted
under this paragraph will result in
immediate termination of this Agreement,
without liability to TeleNav, in which case
you and all other parties shall immediately
282
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
8.4
NavTeq End User License Agreement
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
END USER TERMS
The content provided ("Data") is licensed,
not sold. By opening this package, or
installing, copying, or otherwise using the
Data, you agree to be bound by the terms
of this agreement. If you do not agree to
the terms of this agreement, you are not
permitted to install, copy, use, resell or
transfer the Data. If you wish to reject the
terms of this agreement, and have not
installed, copied, or used the Data, you
must contact your retailer or NAVTEQ
North America, LLC ("NT") within thirty
(30) days of purchase for a refund of your
purchase price. To contact NT, please visit
www.navteq.com.
8.5
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect
The Data is provided for your personal,
internal use only and may not be resold. It
is protected by copyright, and is subject to
the following terms (this "End User License
Agreement") and conditions which are
agreed to by you, on the one hand, and
NAVTEQ North America, LLC ("NT") and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®.
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
The TeleNav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to TeleNav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement includes
end-user terms applicable to these
companies (included at the end of this
Agreement), and thus your use of the
TeleNav Software is also subject to such
terms. You agree to comply with the
following additional terms and conditions,
which are applicable to TeleNav's third
party vendor licensors:
NT holds a nonexclusive license from the
United States Postal Service ® to publish
and sell ZIP+4 ® information.
© United States Postal Service ® 2009.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service ® The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4.
The Data for Mexico includes certain Data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
283
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with, or in communication with, including
without limitation, cellular phones,
palmtop and handheld computers, pagers,
and personal digital assistants or PDAs.
License Limitations on Use: You agree
that your license to use this Data is limited
to and conditioned on use for solely
personal, noncommercial purposes, and
not for service bureau, timesharing or other
similar purposes. Except as otherwise set
forth herein, you agree not to otherwise
reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
disassemble or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.
WARNING
This Data may contain inaccurate or
incomplete information due to the
passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic Data, any of which may lead
to incorrect results.
License Limitations on Transfer: Your
limited license does not allow transfer or
resale of the Data, except on the condition
that you may transfer the Data and all
accompanying materials on a permanent
basis if: (a) you retain no copies of the
Data; (b) the recipient agrees to the terms
of this End User License Agreement; and
(c) you transfer the Data in the exact same
form as you purchased it by physically
transferring the original media (e.g., the
CD-ROM or DVD you purchased), all
original packaging, all Manuals and other
documentation. Specifically, Multi-disc
sets may only be transferred or sold as a
complete set as provided to you and not
as a subset thereof.
No Warranty: This Data is provided to you
"as is" , and you agree to use it at your own
risk. NT and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: NT AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Additional License Limitations: Except
where you have been specifically licensed
to do so by NT in a separate written
agreement, and without limiting the
preceding paragraph, your license is
conditioned on use of the Data as
prescribed in this agreement, and you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
Disclaimer of Liability: NT AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
284
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY
LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS
OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THIS
DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS
OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR
BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NT OR
ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Some States, Territories and Countries do
not allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Entire Agreement: These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between NT (and its licensors, including
their licensors and suppliers) and you
pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Severability: You and NT agree that if any
portion of this agreement is found illegal
or unenforceable, that portion shall be
severed and the remainder of the
Agreement shall be given full force and
effect.
Governing Law: The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois, without giving effect
to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii)
the United Nations Convention for
Contracts for the International Sale of
Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You
agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction
of the State of Illinois for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.
Export Control: You agree not to export
from anywhere any part of the Data or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations,
including but not limited to the laws, rules
and regulations administered by the Office
of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S.
Department of Commerce and the Bureau
of Industry and Security of the U.S.
Department of Commerce. To the extent
that any such export laws, rules or
regulations prohibit NT from complying
with any of its obligations hereunder to
deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall
be excused and shall not constitute a
breach of this Agreement.
Government End Users: If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
"commercial term" as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. ("FAR") 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with this End User License
Agreement, and each copy of Data
delivered or otherwise furnished shall be
marked and embedded as appropriate
with the following "Notice of Use", and be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR
(MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
NAME:
285
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
NAVTEQ
CONTRACTOR
(MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
ADDRESS:
425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL
60606.
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device.
This Data is a commercial item as defined
in FAR 2.101
and is subject to the End User License
Agreement under
which this Data was provided.
© 2011 NAVTEQ. All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
This device may contain content belonging
to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote.
Wi-Fi hotspot data provided by JiWire, ©
2013 JiWire.
You agree that you will use the content
from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") ,
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,
and Gracenote Servers for your own
personal, non-commercial use only. You
agree not to assign, copy, transfer or
transmit the Gracenote Content,
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote
Data (except in a Tag associated with a
music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE
NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE
CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS
EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright
© 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and
service may practice one or more of the
following U.S. Patents #5,987,525,
#6,061,680, #6,154,773, #6,161,132,
#6,230,192, #6,230,207, #6.240,459,
#6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent: #6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
286
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers. Gracenote,
respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and the
Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content,
including all ownership rights. Under no
circumstances will either Gracenote
become liable for any payment to you for
any information that you provide, including
any copyrighted material or music file
information. You agree that Gracenote
may enforce its respective rights,
collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
© Gracenote 2007.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
FCC ID: KMHSYNCG2
IC: 1422A-SYNCG2
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the
equipment. The term "IC" before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
287
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Appendices
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
288
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Index
A
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB) Radio/
SYNC............................................................200
A/C
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation..............................................8
Alternative Frequencies..................................204
Automatic Volume Control...........................204
Autostore Control..............................................203
News Broadcasts..............................................204
Radio Button.......................................................202
Regional Mode...................................................205
Sound Button......................................................202
Station Preset Buttons....................................203
Station Tuning Control....................................203
Traffic Information Control............................203
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................37
Air Conditioning
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/
CD....................................................................195
See: Climate Control...........................................72
Alternative Frequencies...................................199
Automatic Volume Control............................199
Autostore Control..............................................198
News Broadcasts...............................................199
Radio Button.........................................................197
Regional Mode...................................................200
Sound Button.......................................................197
Station Preset Buttons.....................................198
Station Tuning Control......................................197
Traffic Information Control.............................198
See: Climate Control...........................................72
About This Manual...........................................5
ABS
See: Brakes............................................................110
ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.................................................................110
Accessories
Air Vents.............................................................72
Center Air Vents.....................................................72
Side Air Vent...........................................................73
Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................36
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................36
Arming the Alarm.................................................36
Disarming the Alarm...........................................36
Appendices.....................................................272
Ashtray...............................................................93
At a Glance........................................................10
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Digital Audio
Broadcast (DAB) Radio/Navigation
System/SYNC............................................205
Front Exterior Overview......................................10
Instrument Panel Overview...............................12
Vehicle Interior Overview.....................................11
Alternative Frequencies...................................210
Automatic Volume Control...........................209
Autostore Control.............................................208
Digital Signal Processing................................209
News Broadcasts...............................................210
Radio Button........................................................207
Regional Mode.....................................................210
Sound Button......................................................207
Station Preset Buttons....................................208
Station Tuning Control....................................208
Traffic Information Control............................208
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............58
Airbag Secondary Warning..............................58
Auto-Start-Stop...................................................58
Door Ajar.................................................................58
Emergency Door Open.......................................58
Exterior Lamps On...............................................58
Over Speed Warning...........................................58
Parking Brake On..................................................58
Safety Belt Minder...............................................58
Audio Control...................................................37
Type 1.........................................................................37
Type 2.......................................................................38
Audio Input Jack............................................221
Audio System.................................................194
General Information..........................................194
Audio Troubleshooting...............................222
289
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Index
C
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Digital Audio
Broadcast (DAB) Radio............................211
Alternative Frequencies....................................215
Bluetooth Audio Streaming............................218
Declaration of Conformity...............................219
iPod..........................................................................218
Making and Receiving Calls.............................217
News Broadcasts................................................214
Phone......................................................................215
Phone Menu Options.........................................217
Radio Button.........................................................213
Regional Mode.....................................................215
Set Button..............................................................213
Station Preset Buttons.....................................213
Station Tuning Control......................................213
Traffic Information Control.............................214
USB..........................................................................218
Capacities and Specifications................189
Technical Specifications.................................190
Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior.................................171
Catalytic Converter......................................104
Driving with a Catalytic Converter...............104
Changing a Bulb............................................162
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp.............166
Front Fog Lamps................................................165
Headlamp..............................................................163
Interior Lamp.......................................................166
License Plate Lamp...........................................166
Reading Lamps....................................................167
Rear Lamps...........................................................165
Side Repeater......................................................164
Sun Visor Mirror Lamp.......................................167
Autolamps........................................................44
Automatic High Beam Control..................45
Changing a Fuse............................................152
Changing a Road Wheel.............................181
Activating the System........................................46
Manually Overriding the System....................47
Setting the System Sensitivity........................47
Front Jacking Points..........................................184
Installing a Road Wheel...................................186
Lug Nuts.................................................................182
Rear Jacking Points............................................184
Removing a Road Wheel.................................185
Stowing the Wheel............................................186
Vehicle Jack..........................................................183
Vehicles with a Spare Wheel.........................182
Auto-Start-Stop...........................................100
Switching the System Off and On................101
Using Start-Stop................................................100
Autowipers.......................................................40
Auxiliary Heater...............................................77
Fuel Operated Heater (Aux Heater
Mode)..................................................................80
Fuel Operated Parking Heater..........................77
Changing the 12V Battery..........................158
Installing the Battery........................................160
Removing the Battery.......................................158
Auxiliary Power Points..................................91
AC Power Point......................................................91
Locations..................................................................91
Changing the Wiper Blades.......................161
Changing the Rear Window Wiper
Blade...................................................................161
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades.................................................................161
B
Bonnet Lock
Checking the Wiper Blades......................160
Child Safety.......................................................16
Child Safety Locks..........................................23
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........153
Bottle Holder...................................................93
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check..................157
Brakes................................................................110
Left-Hand Side......................................................23
Right-Hand Side...................................................23
General Information...........................................110
Child Seat Positioning..................................20
Cigar Lighter.....................................................92
Cleaning the Alloy Wheels.........................172
Breaking-In......................................................135
Brakes and Clutch..............................................135
Engine.....................................................................135
Tires.........................................................................135
Bulb Specification Chart...........................168
290
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Index
E
Cleaning the Exterior.....................................171
Body Paintwork Preservation..........................171
Cleaning the Chrome Trim................................171
Cleaning the Headlamps...................................171
Cleaning the Rear Window...............................171
Eco Mode.........................................................125
Resetting Eco Mode...........................................126
Type 1.......................................................................126
Type 2 and 3.........................................................126
Cleaning the Interior......................................171
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens
and Radio Screens..........................................171
Rear Windows......................................................172
Safety Belts............................................................171
Economical Driving......................................135
Clock...................................................................66
Accessories...........................................................136
Anticipation..........................................................136
Efficient Speed....................................................136
Electrical Systems..............................................136
Gear Shifting.........................................................135
Tire Pressures.......................................................135
Type 1........................................................................66
Type 2.......................................................................66
Electromagnetic Compatibility...............272
End User License Agreement..................273
Climate Control...............................................72
Principle of Operation.........................................72
Cold Weather Precautions........................136
Coolant Check
SYNC® End User License Agreement
(EULA)...............................................................273
See: Engine Coolant Check............................156
Engine Block Heater.....................................98
Cornering Lamps............................................48
Cruise Control..................................................38
Using the Engine Block Heater.......................99
Engine Coolant Check................................156
Principle of Operation........................................119
Adding Engine Coolant.....................................156
Cruise control
Engine Immobilizer
See: Using Cruise Control.................................119
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................36
Cup Holders......................................................93
Engine Oil Check...........................................155
Adding Engine Oil...............................................155
D
Engine Oil Dipstick.......................................155
Event Data Recording
Data Recording..................................................7
Daytime Running Lamps.............................45
See: Data Recording...............................................7
Exterior Mirrors................................................52
Daytime Running Lamps...................................45
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors...............................52
Power Exterior Mirrors........................................52
Power Folding Mirrors.........................................52
Diesel Particulate Filter................................97
Regeneration..........................................................97
Digital Radio..................................................220
Direction Indicators.......................................49
DPF
F
See: Diesel Particulate Filter............................97
Fastening the Safety Belts..........................24
Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap........158
Driver Airbag.....................................................27
Driver Alert.......................................................122
Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy...........24
First Aid Kit......................................................138
Flat Tire Inflation
Principle of Operation.......................................122
Using Driver Alert................................................123
See: Temporary Mobility Kit............................173
Floor Mats.......................................................136
Fog Lamps - Front
Driving Aids.......................................................121
Driving Hints....................................................135
Driving Through Water................................136
DRL
See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................47
Fog Lamps - Rear
See: Rear Fog Lamps..........................................47
See: Daytime Running Lamps.........................45
Folding Tray......................................................93
Front Fog Lamps.............................................47
291
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Index
Fuel and Refueling.......................................102
Heated Windows and Mirrors....................76
Technical Specifications.................................108
Heated Exterior Mirrors.......................................77
Heated Rear Window..........................................76
Heated Windshield..............................................76
Fuel Burning Heater
See: Auxiliary Heater............................................77
Fuel Consumption.......................................106
Heating
Calculating Fuel Economy..............................107
Filling the Fuel Tank...........................................107
See: Climate Control...........................................72
Hill Start Assist.............................................109
Fuel Consumption
See: Technical Specifications.......................108
Switching the System On and Off...............109
Using Hill Start Assist.......................................109
Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................103
Fuel Quality....................................................103
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate............................................................74
Long-Term Storage............................................103
Cooling the Interior Quickly...............................75
General Hints..........................................................74
Heating the Interior Quickly..............................74
Maximum Cooling Performance in
Instrument Panel or Instrument Panel
and Footwell Positions..................................75
Recommended Settings for Cooling ............75
Recommended Settings for Heating............75
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather...............................................................75
Vehicle Stationary for Extended Periods
During Extreme High Ambient
Temperatures....................................................75
Fuel Shutoff....................................................138
Ignition Switch.....................................................138
Keyless Starting..................................................138
Fuse Box Locations.......................................141
Body Control Module Fuse Box......................141
Engine Compartment Fuse Box.....................141
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box..............141
Pre-fuse Box..........................................................141
Fuses..................................................................141
Fuse Specification Chart...........................142
Body Control Module Fuse Box....................150
Engine Compartment Fuse Box....................142
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box............145
Pre-fuse Box.........................................................149
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.............................................................110
Hood Lock
G
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........153
I
Gauges...............................................................54
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............55
Fuel Gauge..............................................................55
Information Display.............................................54
Ignition Switch................................................96
Information Display Control.......................39
Information Displays.....................................59
General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................30
Glasses Holder................................................94
General Information............................................59
Information Messages.................................66
Installing Child Seats.....................................16
H
Attaching a Child Seat with a Support
Leg.........................................................................19
Attaching a Child Seat with Top
Tethers..................................................................19
Booster Seats..........................................................17
Child Seats for Different Mass Groups..........16
ISOFIX Anchor Points..........................................18
Handbrake
See: Parking Brake................................................111
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................138
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................45
Headlamp Leveling.......................................48
Head Restraints...............................................81
Instrument Cluster.........................................54
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................45
Adjusting the Head Restraint..........................82
Removing the Head Restraint.........................82
Heated Seats...................................................90
292
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Index
Interior Lamps.................................................49
Locking and Unlocking..................................31
Courtesy Lamp......................................................49
Entrance Lamps...................................................50
Reading Lamps.....................................................49
Automatic Locking...............................................33
Automatic Re-Locking........................................33
Automatic Unlocking..........................................33
Configurable Unlocking.....................................34
Double Locking the Doors..................................31
Locking and Unlocking Confirmation............31
Locking and Unlocking the Doors From
Inside....................................................................32
Locking the Doors.................................................31
Opening the Double Rear Doors.....................32
Opening the Sliding Door..................................32
Slam Locking..........................................................32
Unlocking the Doors.............................................31
Unlocking the Doors (One-Stage
Unlock)................................................................33
Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)................................................................33
Zone Re-Locking...................................................33
Interior Mirror....................................................52
Auto-Dimming Mirror..........................................53
Introduction........................................................5
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................138
To Connect the Booster Cables....................139
To Start the Engine............................................140
K
Keys and Remote Controls.........................30
L
Lane Keeping System.................................124
Locks....................................................................31
Lug Nuts
Lane Keeping Alert.............................................124
See: Changing a Road Wheel.........................181
Lighting Control..............................................43
M
Headlamp Flasher...............................................44
High Beams............................................................44
Lighting Control Positions.................................43
Parking Lamps......................................................43
Maintenance...................................................153
General Information..........................................153
Lighting..............................................................43
Manual Climate Control...............................73
Manual Liftgate...............................................34
General Information............................................43
Load Carriers
Opening and Closing the Liftgate..................34
Manual Seats...................................................82
See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers..............127
See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Vehicles
With: Integrated Roof Rack........................128
Adjusting the Armrest........................................83
Adjusting the Height of the Driver’s
Seat......................................................................83
Adjusting the Lumbar Support.......................82
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward...............................................................82
Recline Adjustment.............................................83
Seat Cushion Adjustment.................................83
Load Carrying..................................................127
General Information...........................................127
Load Retaining Fixtures..............................129
Securing Cargo....................................................130
Manual Transmission.................................109
Selecting Reverse Gear....................................109
Message Center
See: Information Displays.................................59
Mirrors
See: Heated Windows and Mirrors................76
See: Windows and Mirrors.................................51
Mobile Communications Equipment........8
293
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Index
N
Power Steering Fluid Check......................157
Navigation......................................................263
Power Windows...............................................51
Hazard Spot Warning........................................271
Information..........................................................268
Loading Map Data.............................................263
Menu Structure..................................................264
Navigation Map Updates.................................271
Road Safety.........................................................263
Route Options....................................................266
Setting a Route..................................................264
Setting Your Navigation Preferences.........268
Type Approvals....................................................271
Bounce-Back..........................................................51
Driver Side One-Touch Down...........................51
Driver Side One-Touch Up.................................51
Adding Power Steering Fluid...........................157
R
Rear Fog Lamps..............................................47
Rear Loadspace Hatches...........................127
Rear Passenger Climate Controls............76
Rear Seats........................................................85
Accessing the Third Row Seats......................89
Double Cab.............................................................85
Folding the Seat Backrest................................86
Folding the Seat Forward.................................86
Installing the Seats..............................................87
Installing Third Row Seats to the Second
Row......................................................................88
Recline Adjustment.............................................85
Removing the Seats............................................87
O
Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check.......................................155
Opening and Closing the Hood...............153
Closing the Hood................................................154
Opening the Hood..............................................153
Overhead Console.........................................93
Rear View Camera........................................116
Overhead Storage Compartment..................93
Switching the Rear View Camera Off..........118
Switching the Rear View Camera On...........116
Using the Display..................................................117
Vehicles with Parking Aid.................................118
P
Parking Aid.......................................................114
Rear View Camera
Switching the Parking Aid System Off........116
See: Rear View Camera.....................................116
Parking Aids.....................................................114
Principle of Operation........................................114
Rear Window Wiper and Washers............41
Parking Brake...................................................111
Passenger Airbag............................................27
Rear Window Washer.........................................42
Rear Window Wiper.............................................41
Reduced Engine Performance.................135
Refueling.........................................................105
Remote Control..............................................30
Removing a Headlamp...............................162
Repairing Minor Paint Damage................172
Replacement Parts
Recommendation.........................................8
Switching the Passenger Airbag Off.............28
Switching the Passenger Airbag On.............28
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................36
Arming the Engine Immobilizer......................36
Coded Keys.............................................................36
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer................36
Principle of Operation........................................36
Collision Repairs......................................................8
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs...................................................................8
Warranty on Replacement Parts......................8
PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................36
Personalized Settings..................................66
Measure Units.......................................................66
Switching Chimes Off........................................66
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................30
Roadside Emergencies...............................138
Roof Racks and Load Carriers..................127
Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking..............................31
Power Seats.....................................................83
Power Lumbar.......................................................85
294
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Index
Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Vehicles
With: Integrated Roof Rack....................128
Switching Off the Engine............................98
Raising and Lowering the Crossbars...........128
Symbols Glossary.............................................5
SYNC™ Applications and
Services........................................................238
Vehicles With a Turbocharger.........................98
Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................135
Running Out of Fuel....................................103
In the Event of a Crash....................................240
Switching Emergency Assistance On and
Off.......................................................................239
SYNC AppLink.....................................................242
SYNC Emergency Assistance.......................239
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................103
Filling a Portable Fuel Container..................103
S
SYNC™............................................................223
General Information..........................................223
Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................25
Safety Belt Minder.........................................25
SYNC™ Troubleshooting..........................253
T
Turning the Safety Belt Minder Off................26
Safety Belts......................................................24
Safety Precautions......................................102
Seats....................................................................81
Security..............................................................36
Side Airbags.....................................................29
Side Curtain Airbags.....................................29
Sitting in the Correct Position....................81
Snow Chains
Tailgate
See: Manual Liftgate...........................................34
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications.............189
Technical Specifications...........................169
Capacities.............................................................169
Specifications......................................................169
See: Using Snow Chains...................................177
Temporary Mobility Kit................................173
Special Notices.................................................8
Speed Control
Checking the Tire Pressure..............................175
General Information...........................................173
Inflating the Tire...................................................174
Using the Kit..........................................................173
See: Cruise Control.............................................119
Speed Limiter..................................................121
Engine Speed Limiter.........................................121
Vehicle Speed Limiter - Adjustable...............121
Vehicle Speed Limiter - Fixed..........................121
Tire Care...........................................................176
Tire Inflation When Punctured
Stability Control.............................................113
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.............177
Principle of Operation........................................113
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System........................................178
How Temperature Affects the Tire
Pressures...........................................................178
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset
Procedure.........................................................180
Understanding the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System...............................................................179
See: Temporary Mobility Kit............................173
Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch............................................96
Starting a Diesel Engine...............................97
Cold or Hot Engine...............................................97
Failure to Start.......................................................97
Starting and Stopping the Engine...........96
General Information...........................................96
Steering Wheel Lock....................................96
Steering Wheel................................................37
Storage Compartments..............................93
Sun Shades......................................................53
Tire Repair Kit
See: Temporary Mobility Kit............................173
Tires
See: Wheels and Tires.......................................173
Rear Side Windows.............................................53
Towing a Trailer..............................................132
Supplementary Restraints System..........27
Trailer Lighting......................................................132
When towing a trailer:.......................................132
Principle of Operation.........................................27
Towing Points.................................................133
295
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Index
Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels...........................................................134
Towing...............................................................132
Traction Control..............................................112
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player.............................................................245
Accessing Your USB Song Library...............249
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings.............................................................253
Connecting Your Media Player to the USB
Port.....................................................................245
Line In Audio.........................................................251
Media Menu Features......................................248
Media Voice Commands................................246
USB 2.......................................................................251
Using Voice Commands.................................250
Voice Commands for Audio Sources..........251
What's Playing?.................................................246
Principle of Operation........................................112
Trailer Sway Control.....................................132
Transmission..................................................109
Transmission
See: Transmission..............................................109
Trip Computer.................................................66
All Values................................................................66
Average Fuel Consumption.............................66
Average Speed......................................................66
Distance to Empty...............................................66
Instantaneous Fuel Consumption................66
Outside Air Temperature..................................66
Resetting the Trip Computer...........................66
Trip Odometer.......................................................66
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............227
Unique Driving Characteristics...............100
USB Port..........................................................222
Using Cruise Control.....................................119
Accessing Features Through the Cell Phone
Menu...................................................................231
Accessing Your Cell Phone Settings...........234
Bluetooth Devices.............................................236
Cell Phone Options During an Active
Call.....................................................................230
Cell Phone Voice Commands.......................228
Making a Call.......................................................229
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First
Time....................................................................227
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones.................228
Receiving a Call..................................................230
Text Messaging...................................................233
Switching Cruise Control Off.........................120
Switching Cruise Control On...........................119
Using Traction Control.................................112
Using Voice Recognition...........................224
Using Snow Chains.......................................177
Helpful Hints........................................................224
Initiating a Voice Session................................225
System Interaction and Feedback..............225
U
Under Hood Overview................................154
Under Seat Storage......................................94
Front Passenger Seat.........................................94
Second Row Seats..............................................94
Vehicles with Stability Control.......................177
Using Stability Control.................................113
Switching the System Off and On Using the
Information Display Controls.....................113
Switching the System Off Using a
Switch.................................................................113
V
Vehicle Care.....................................................171
Vehicle Identification Number................190
Vehicle Identification Plate......................189
Ventilation
See: Climate Control...........................................72
Vents
See: Air Vents.........................................................72
VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number............190
Voice Control...................................................38
296
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
Index
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................55
Anti-Lock Braking System Warning
Lamp....................................................................55
Automatic High Beam Lamp...........................55
Brake Pad Wear Warning Lamp......................55
Brake System Warning Lamp..........................55
Cruise Control Indicator.....................................56
Direction Indicator...............................................56
Door Ajar Warning Lamp...................................56
Engine Warning Lamps......................................56
Front Airbag Warning Lamp.............................56
Front Fog Lamp Indicator.................................56
Frost warning lamp.............................................56
Glow Plug Indicator.............................................56
Headlamp Indicator............................................56
High Beam Indicator............................................57
Hill Start Assist Indicator...................................57
Ignition Warning Lamp.......................................57
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp........................57
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp...................57
Message Center Indicator..................................57
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp..............................57
Rear Fog Lamp Indicator...................................57
Safety Belt Minder Warning Lamp.................57
Shift Indicator.........................................................57
Stability Control Indicator.................................57
Stability Control Off............................................58
Start-Stop Indicator............................................58
Water In Fuel Indicator.......................................58
Warning Triangle...........................................138
Washer Fluid Check.....................................158
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior.................................171
See: Wipers and Washers.................................40
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.........................181
Wheels and Tires...........................................173
General Information...........................................173
Technical Specifications..................................187
Windows and Mirrors.....................................51
Windshield Washers......................................41
Windshield Wipers........................................40
Intermittent Wipe................................................40
Speed Dependent Wipers................................40
Wipers and Washers....................................40
297
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
298
Tourneo Custom/Transit Custom (TTF) Vehicles Built From: 12-01-2015, CG3577en enGBR, Edition date: 01/2015, First Printing
CG3577en
">